Document:

<Page>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.23

                                     FORM OF

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

      REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT"), dated as of December
[__], 2001, by and between Expedia, Inc., a Washington corporation (the
"COMPANY"), and USA Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("USA").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS, USA, the Company, Taipei, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of USA
("MERGER SUB"), Microsoft Corporation and Microsoft E Holdings, Inc., have
entered into the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Recapitalization and
Merger, dated as of July 15, 2001 (the "MERGER AGREEMENT"), providing for, among
other things, the Transactions on the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth therein (capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall
have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Merger Agreement);

      WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.15 of the Merger Agreement, the Company has
agreed to grant to USA the registration rights set forth herein with respect to
the Registrable Securities (as defined herein);

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and
valuable consideration given to each party hereto, the receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.    REGISTRATION RIGHTS

1.1   DEFINITIONS

      For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following
meanings:

      "COMPANY CLASS B COMMON STOCK" means shares of Company Class B common
stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company;

      "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

      "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

      "FORM S-3" means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the
date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently
adopted by the SEC that similarly permits inclusion or incorporation of
substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company
with the SEC.

      "HOLDER" means USA, any controlled subsidiary of USA or any person who is
added as a party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and any assignee
thereof. USA and any

<Page>

subsequent Holder under this Agreement shall be set forth on SCHEDULE A to this
Agreement (except in the case of any controlled subsidiary of USA).

      "LOSSES" have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 1.9(a).

      "REGISTER," "REGISTERED," and "REGISTRATION" refer to a registration
effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the
Securities Act and the declaration or order of effectiveness of such
registration statement or document.

      "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" means (i) the Company Class B Common Stock, (ii)
any common stock or other securities of the Company acquired from the Company
following the date hereof that are or become publicly listed on a national
securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, and (iii) any
common stock or other securities of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the
conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued
as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in
replacement of, any of the securities described under clauses (i) or (ii), in
each case owned by a Holder and excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable
Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which its rights under this
Agreement are not assigned.

      "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      "VIOLATION" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 1.9(a).

1.2   REQUEST FOR REGISTRATION

      (a) If the Company shall receive at any time a written request from USA
(and/or other Holders that have been assigned registration rights in accordance
with the terms hereof) that the Company file a registration statement (a
"Registration Statement") under the Securities Act covering the registration of
the Registrable Securities at an aggregate proposed offering price (before
deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions) of at least $50,000,000 (or
if USA or the Holder requesting registration owns Registrable Securities
aggregating to less than $50,000,000, all Registrable Securities then owned by
USA or such Holder, provided in the case of a Holder other than USA, that such
requesting Holders in the aggregate represent at least 30% of the
then-outstanding Registrable Securities owned by all Holders), then the Company
shall, within 20 days after the receipt of such request, give written notice of
such request to all other Holders, if any, and shall, subject to the limitations
set forth below, use its reasonable best efforts to effect as soon as
practicable the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable
Securities that USA and/or the other Holders, if any, request to be registered
in a written request to be given within 20 days of the mailing of such notice by
the Company. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the
Registration Statement continuously effective for the period beginning on the
date on which the Registration Statement is declared effective and ending on the
earlier of (i) the first date that there are no Registrable Securities covered
by such Registration Statement, and (ii) the first anniversary thereof. During
the period during which the Registration Statement is effective, the Company
shall supplement or make amendments to the Registration Statement, if required
by the Securities Act or if reasonably requested by USA or any underwriter of
Registrable Securities, including to reflect any specific plan of distribution
or method of sale, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to have such
supplements and amendments declared effective, if required, as soon as
practicable after filing; PROVIDED, that the

<Page>

Company may suspend the effectiveness of such Registration Statement (for up to
90 days in any 12-month period) if and for so long as the Board of Directors of
the Company determines that such registration would require premature disclosure
of material information relating to a pending corporate development. If the
Company makes the determination contained in the proviso of the preceding
sentence, an executive officer of the Company shall certify such conclusion in
writing to USA, providing a reasonable explanation of the basis therefor.
Nothing herein shall be interpreted as affecting the right of the Holder to sell
all or any Registrable Shares in compliance with Rule 144 or 145.

      (b) The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than one
registration under this Section 1.2 in any 12-month period.

1.3   COMPANY REGISTRATION

      If the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a
registration effected by the Company for shareholders other than the Holders)
any of its common stock or other securities under the Securities Act in
connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other
than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in
a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate merger,
reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a
registration on any form that does not include substantially the same
information as would be required to be included in a registration statement
covering the sale of Registrable Securities), the Company shall, at each such
time, promptly give each Holder of Registrable Securities written notice of such
registration. Upon the written request of each such Holder given within 20 days
after the mailing of such notice by the Company, the Company shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Securities
Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be
registered. In the event that the Company decides for any reason not to complete
the registration of shares of its common stock other than Registrable
Securities, the Company shall have no obligation under this Section 1.3 to
continue with the registration of Registrable Securities. Any request pursuant
to this Section 1.3 to register Registrable Securities as part of an
underwritten public offering of common stock shall specify that such Registrable
Securities are to be included in the underwriting on the same terms and
conditions as the shares of common stock otherwise being sold through
underwriters under such registration.

1.4   OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

      Whenever required under this Agreement to effect the registration of any
Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably
possible:

      (a)   Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to
            such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection
            with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with
            the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition
            of all securities covered by such registration statement.

      (b)   Take all lawful action such that each of (i) the registration
            statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes
            effective, contain an untrue

<Page>

            statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact required
            to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in
            light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
            misleading and (ii) any prospectus, and any amendment or supplement
            thereto, does not at any time during the Effective Period, as
            applicable, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit
            to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
            to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
            which they were made, not misleading.

      (c)   Prior to the filing with the SEC of any registration statement
            (including any amendments thereto) and the distribution or delivery
            of any prospectus (including any supplements thereto) pursuant to
            this Agreement, provide draft copies thereof to the Holders and
            reflect in such documents all such comments as USA and its counsel
            (as long as USA is a Holder) reasonably may propose.

      (d)   Furnish to the Holders such copies of a prospectus, including a
            preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the
            Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably
            request to facilitate the disposition of all securities covered by
            such registration statement.

      (e)   Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the
            securities covered by such registration statement under such other
            securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be
            reasonably requested by the Holders, and do any and all other acts
            and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable
            the Holders to consummate the public sale or other disposition in
            such jurisdictions, provided that the Company shall not be required
            to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of
            process in any such states or jurisdictions.

      (f)   In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and
            perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual
            and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such
            offering. Each Holder participating in such registration shall also
            enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

      (g)   Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such
            registration statement, during the time when a prospectus is
            required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening
            of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such
            registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue
            statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
            required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
            therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then
            existing.

      (h)   At the request of any Holder selling Registrable Securities in such
            registration, furnish on the date that such Registrable Securities
            are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with such
            registration (i) an opinion, dated such date, of legal counsel
            representing the Company for the purposes of such

<Page>

            registration, in form and substance as is customarily given by
            Company counsel to underwriters in an underwritten public offering,
            addressed to the underwriters and (ii) a letter, dated such date,
            from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in
            form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified
            public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public
            offering, addressed to the underwriters.

      (i)   List the Registrable Securities being registered on any national
            securities exchange or quotation system on which a class of the
            Company's equity securities is listed.

      (j)   Take all such other lawful actions reasonably necessary to expedite
            and facilitate the disposition by the Holders of their Registrable
            Securities in accordance with the intended methods therefor provided
            in the prospectus which are customary for issuers to perform under
            the circumstances.

      (k)   In the event of an underwritten offering, promptly include or
            incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment
            to the registration statement such information as the managing
            underwriters reasonably agree should be included therein and to
            which the Company does not reasonably object and make all required
            filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as
            soon as practicable after it is notified of the matters to be
            included or incorporated in such prospectus supplement or
            post-effective amendment.

      (l)   Provide a transfer agent and registrar for the securities being
            registered and a CUSIP number, not later than the effective date of
            the registration statement.

1.5   FURNISH INFORMATION

      It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to
take any action pursuant to this Agreement that the selling Holders shall
furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable
Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such
securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of their
Registrable Securities and shall execute such documents, customary for a
registration of the type contemplated, in connection with such registration as
the Company may reasonably request.

1.6   INSPECTION OF RECORDS

      The Company shall make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders,
any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a registration
statement prepared under this Agreement, and any attorney, accountant or other
agent retained by a Holder or any such underwriter all relevant financial and
other records, and pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company,
and cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all
information reasonably requested by a Holder or any such underwriter, attorney,
accountant

<Page>

or agent in connection with such registration statement, in each case, as is
customary for similar due diligence examinations; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, any party
receiving such information shall enter into a customary confidentiality
agreement with the Company to the effect that all records, information and
documents that are designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as
confidential, proprietary or containing any material non-public information
shall be kept confidential by the Holder and any such underwriter, attorney,
accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made pursuant to judicial process
in a court proceeding (after first giving the Company an opportunity promptly to
seek a protective order or otherwise limit the scope of the information sought
to be disclosed) or is required by law, or such records, information or
documents become available to the public generally or through a third party not
in violation of an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; provided further
that the foregoing shall be conducted in a manner which does not disrupt in any
significant respect the conduct by the Company of its business. Such inspection
and information gathering shall, to the maximum extent possible, be coordinated
on behalf of the Holders and the other parties entitled thereto by one firm of
counsel designated by and on behalf of the Holders, which counsel shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

1.7   EXPENSES OF REGISTRATION

      (a)   In connection with any registration pursuant to Section 1.2, the
            Company shall be responsible for all fees, disbursements and
            out-of-pocket expenses and costs incurred by the Company in
            connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement and in
            complying with applicable securities and blue sky laws (including,
            without limitation, all attorney's fees of the Company), and Holders
            shall be responsible for all printing costs, listing fees, SEC
            filing fees, underwriting fees, and/or brokerage discounts, fees and
            commissions, if any, applicable to the Registrable Securities being
            registered and the fees and expenses of their respective counsels.

      (b)   In connection with any registration pursuant to Section 1.3, the
            Company shall be responsible for the payment of all expenses of the
            registration, with the exception of (i) underwriting discounts and
            commissions, which shall be paid by the Company, the Holders and any
            other selling holders of the Company's securities in proportion to
            the aggregate value of the securities offered for sale by each of
            them, and (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one law firm
            acting as counsel to the selling Holders selected by a majority in
            interest of the selling Holders, which additional counsel, if any,
            shall be paid by the Holder or Holders that engage such counsel. The
            expenses to be paid by the Company shall include, without
            limitation, all registration, filing and qualification fees,
            printing and accounting fees, and the fees and disbursements of
            counsel for the Company.

1.8   UNDERWRITING REQUIREMENTS

<Page>

      (a)   In the event that the Holders desire to use an underwriter in
            connection with any sales of Registrable Securities hereunder, USA
            shall select such underwriter, which shall be reasonably acceptable
            to Expedia.

      (b)   The Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any
            of the Holders' securities in an underwritten offering of the
            Company's securities unless such Holders accept the terms of the
            underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters
            selected by it. If the underwriters advise the Company that
            marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares,
            including Registrable Securities, to be included in such offering,
            then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable
            Securities that would otherwise have been underwritten pursuant to
            Section 1.3, and the number of shares, including Registrable
            Securities, that may be included in the registration shall be
            apportioned first to the Company, then pro rata among the selling
            Holders according to the total amount of Registrable Securities held
            by such Holders at the time of registration, then pro rata among any
            other selling shareholders according to the total amount of
            securities otherwise entitled to be included therein owned by each
            such other selling shareholder, or in such other proportions as
            shall mutually be agreed to by such selling shareholders; provided
            that in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling
            Holders included in the registration be reduced below 30% of the
            total amount of securities included in such registration.

1.9   INDEMNIFICATION

      In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration
statement under this Agreement:

      (a)   To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify
            and hold harmless each Holder and each person, if any, who controls
            such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange
            Act, against all expenses (including legal fees and costs), losses,
            claims, damages (including settlement amounts) or liabilities (joint
            or several) (collectively, "LOSSES") to which they may become
            subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal
            or state law, insofar as such Losses arise out of or are based upon
            any of the following statements, omissions or violations
            (collectively, a "VIOLATION"): (i) any untrue statement or alleged
            untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration
            statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus
            contained therein, or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii)
            the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
            required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements
            therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
            not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the
            Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state
            securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the
            Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law. The
            Company will reimburse (as incurred) each such Holder, underwriter
            or controlling person for any Losses reasonably incurred by them in
            connection with investigating or defending any Violations; provided,
            however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this

<Page>

            Section 1.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any
            claims for Violations if such settlement is made without the consent
            of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,
            nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any Losses to
            the extent that such Losses arise out of or are based upon a
            Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with
            written information furnished expressly for use in connection with
            such registration by, or on behalf of, any such Holder, underwriter
            or controlling person.

      (b)   To the fullest extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will
            indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its officers and
            directors and each other Holder selling securities in such
            registration statement, and any person who controls any of the
            foregoing within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange
            Act, against any Losses to which the Company or such officer,
            director or other selling Holder or controlling person may become
            subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal
            or state law, insofar as such Losses arise out of or are based upon
            any Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with
            written information furnished by, or on behalf of, such Holder
            expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each
            such Holder will reimburse (as incurred) any Losses reasonably
            incurred by the Company or its officers or directors or other
            selling Holders or controlling persons in connection with
            investigating or defending any Violations; provided, however, that
            (i) the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.9(b) shall
            not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any claims for Violations
            if such settlement is made without the consent of the Holder, which
            consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and (ii) the obligations
            of such Holders shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the
            gross proceeds before deducting for expenses and commissions to each
            such Holder of Registrable Securities sold as contemplated herein.

      (c)   Promptly after receipt of notice of the commencement of any action
            (including any governmental action), an indemnified party will, if a
            claim is to be made against any indemnifying party under this
            Section 1.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of
            the commencement, and the indemnifying party shall have the right to
            participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so
            desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly
            notified, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually
            satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified
            party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees
            and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if, in the
            opinion of counsel for the indemnified party, representation of such
            indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party
            would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing
            interests between such indemnified party and any other party
            represented by such counsel in the proceeding. The failure to
            deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable
            period of time after notice of the commencement of any such action
            shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the
            indemnified party under this Section 1.9 only to the extent such
            failure actually prejudices its ability to defend such action, but
            the omission to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party
            will not relieve it of

<Page>

            any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise
            than under this Section 1.9.

      (d)   If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.9 is held by a
            court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified
            party with respect to any Losses, then the indemnifying party, in
            lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the
            amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such
            Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
            fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the
            indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violations
            that resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable
            considerations; provided, that, in no event shall any contribution
            by a Holder under this Section 1.9(d) exceed the gross proceeds
            before expenses and commissions to each such Holder, except in the
            case of willful fraud by such Holder. The relative fault of the
            indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined
            by reference to, among other things, whether the Violation resulting
            in such Losses relates to information supplied by the indemnifying
            party or by the indemnified party and the parties' relative intent,
            knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or
            prevent such Violation.

      (e)   The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.9
            shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable
            Securities and the termination of Registration Rights pursuant to
            Section 1.13.

1.10  REPORTS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT

      With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule
144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the
SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to
the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the
Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to:

      (a)   Make and keep public information available, as those terms are
            understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days
            from the effective date of the first registration statement filed by
            the Company for the offering of its securities to the general
            public;

      (b)   Take such action as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize
            Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action
            to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year
            in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for
            the offering of its securities to the general public is declared
            effective;

      (c)   File with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents
            required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange
            Act; and

<Page>

      (d)   Furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable
            Securities, promptly upon request (i) a written statement by the
            Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of the
            Exchange Act, or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities
            may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so
            qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly
            report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed
            by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be
            reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or
            regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such
            securities without registration or pursuant to such Form S-3.

1.11  ASSIGNMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS; SENIORITY

      The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities
pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or
assignee of such securities who shall, upon such transfer or assignment, be
deemed a "Holder" under this Agreement; provided that prior to such transfer the
transferee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and
that the Company is, within a reasonable period of time after such transfer,
furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or
assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are
being assigned.

      The Company, without the consent of USA, shall not grant any registration
rights to another Person that would result in such person having a priority over
USA in connection with any request for registration by USA hereunder (or a
request by USA to be included in a Company registration pursuant to Section
1.3).

1.12  TERMINATION OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS

      The registration rights granted under this Agreement shall terminate with
respect to a Holder (i) automatically on the termination of the Merger
Agreement, in accordance with its terms, or (ii) at such time as a Holder no
longer holds any Registrable Securities.

2.    MISCELLANEOUS

2.1   NOTICES

      Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in
writing and shall be deemed effectively given (a) upon personal delivery to the
party to be notified, (b) upon confirmation of receipt by fax by the party to be
notified, (c) one business day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier,
prepaid for overnight delivery and addressed as set forth in (d), or (d) three
days after deposit with the United States Post Office, postage prepaid,
registered or certified with return receipt requested and addressed to the party
to be notified at the addresses and fax numbers (as applicable) specified in the
Merger Agreement.

2.2   AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

<Page>

      Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term
may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either
retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and
USA.

2.3   GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; VENUE; JURY TRIAL

      (a)   This Agreement shall be governed and construed exclusively in
            accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to
            any applicable conflicts of law principles.

      (b)   Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any
            Delaware state court or any federal court sitting in the State of
            Delaware in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement,
            and hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such
            action may be heard and determined in such Delaware state or federal
            court. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest
            extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient
            forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The parties
            hereto further agree, to the extent permitted by law, that final and
            unappealable judgment against any of them in any action or
            proceeding contemplated above shall be conclusive and may be
            enforced in any other jurisdiction within or outside the United
            States by suit on the judgment, a certified copy of which shall be
            conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such judgment.

      (c)   To the extent that any party hereto has or hereafter may acquire any
            immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process
            (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment,
            attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect
            to itself or its property, each party hereto hereby irrevocably
            waives such immunity in respect of its obligations with respect to
            this Agreement.

      (d)   Each party hereto waives, to the fullest extent permitted by
            applicable laws, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect
            of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
            Agreement. Each party hereto certifies that it has been induced to
            enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers
            and certifications set forth above in this Section 2.3.

2.4   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

      The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of,
be enforceable by, and be binding on the respective successors and assigns of
the parties as provided herein.

2.5   SEVERABILITY

      If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable
under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, and
the balance of this

<Page>

Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall
be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

2.6   ENTIRE AGREEMENT; COUNTERPARTS

      This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties about
its subject and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written
and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, which together shall
constitute one instrument.

<Page>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
      the date first above written.

                                    COMPANY

                                    EXPEDIA, INC.

                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    By:    Richard N. Barton
                                    Its:   President and Chief Executive Officer

                                    Address:    13810 SE Eastgate Way, Suite 400
                                                Bellevue, WA 98005
                                    Fax:        (425) 564-7242
                                    Telephone:  (425) 564-7314

                                    HOLDER

                                    USA NETWORKS, INC.

                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    By:    Julius Genachowski
                                    Its:   Senior Vice President, General
                                           Counsel and Secretary
                                    Address:    152 West 57th Street
                                                New York, NY  10019
                                    Fax:        (212) 314-7329
                                    Telephone:  (212) 314-7330<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.4

                              AETNA SERVICES, INC.
                             INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

                                                            AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                                           AS OF JANUARY 1, 1999
<PAGE>
                              AETNA SERVICES, INC.
                             INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

         THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 22nd day of December, 1998,
by and between Aetna Services, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under
the laws of the State of Connecticut, with its principal office at 151
Farmington Ave., Hartford, CT 06156 (the "Company"), and Mellon Bank, N.A., a
national banking association, as trustee of the trust created herein
(hereinafter referred to as the "Trustee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS, the Company heretofore established an Incentive Savings Plan
for Employees to provide retirement benefits to its Eligible Employees; and

         WHEREAS, under the terms of the Plan, the Company has the ability to
amend the Plan; and

         WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Company that such Plan and its
Trust continue to meet the requirements of Section 401(a) and Section 501(a) of
the Internal Revenue Code;

                                 NOW, THEREFORE

         Effective January 1, 1999, except as otherwise provided herein, the
Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as follows:

         The Plan and Trust created in accordance with the terms hereof shall be
formally known as the Aetna Services, Inc. Incentive Savings Plan.

PREFACE

         The initial effective date of the Plan is September 1, 1972. The Plan
was amended in its entirety, effective as of September 1, 1976 and January 1,
1989. The Plan as in effect on January 1, 1989 was amended periodically since
such date and until the Effective Date hereof to comply with the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and other applicable laws, and to
make other desired benefit changes.

         The Plan is hereby amended to comply with ERISA, the Code, the
Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the Small
Business Job Protection Act of 1996, and the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 and to
make other desired benefit changes. This amended and restated Plan is effective
January 1, 1999, except where specific reference is made herein to a different
effective date, or where any of the laws listed in the preceding sentence
provides for an earlier effective date, in which case such earlier date or dates
shall apply.
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS..........................................................................................    1
         1.1      "ACCOUNT"......................................................................................    1
         1.2      "ACCOUNT VALUE"................................................................................    1
         1.3      "ACTIVE PARTICIPANT"...........................................................................    1
         1.4      "ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE"...............................................................    1
         1.5      "ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE"...................................................................    1
         1.6      "ADJUSTED".....................................................................................    2
         1.7      "AFFILIATE"....................................................................................    2
         1.8      "ANNUITY STARTING DATE"........................................................................    2
         1.9      "APPEAL COMMITTEE".............................................................................    3
         1.10     "AUTHORIZED LEAVE OF ABSENCE"..................................................................    3
         1.11     "BENEFICIARY"..................................................................................    3
         1.12     "BENEFIT FINANCE COMMITTEE"....................................................................    3
         1.13     "CODE".........................................................................................    3
         1.14     "COMPANY"......................................................................................    3
         1.15     "COMPENSATION DEFERRAL AGREEMENT"..............................................................    3
         1.16     "DEFERRAL ACCOUNT".............................................................................    4
         1.17     "DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS".......................................................................    4
         1.18     "DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTION RATE"...................................................................    4
         1.19     "DISABILITY"...................................................................................    4
         1.20     "DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS"..................................................................    4
         1.21     "DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT"...........................................................    4
         1.22     "EARNINGS OR PROFITS"..........................................................................    4
         1.23     "EFFECTIVE DATE"...............................................................................    4
         1.24     "ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE"............................................................................    4
         1.25     "EMPLOYEE".....................................................................................    5
         1.26     "EMPLOYER".....................................................................................    5
         1.27     "EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE".................................................................    5
         1.28     "FISCAL YEAR"..................................................................................    5
         1.29     "GROUP ANNUITY CONTRACT".......................................................................    5
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
         1.30     "HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE"..................................................................    5
         1.31     "HOUR OF SERVICE"..............................................................................    6
         1.32     "INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS"......................................................................    7
         1.33     "INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT"...............................................................    7
         1.34     "INSURER"......................................................................................    7
         1.35     "INVESTMENT FUND"..............................................................................    7
         1.36     "LIMITATION YEAR"..............................................................................    7
         1.37     "MATCHED DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTION"................................................................    7
         1.38     "MONEY PURCHASE ACCOUNT".......................................................................    7
         1.39     "NET INCOME"...................................................................................    8
         1.40     "NONHIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE"...............................................................    8
         1.41     "NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE"........................................................................    8
         1.42     "NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE".......................................................................    8
         1.43     "PARTICIPANT"..................................................................................    8
         1.44     "PARTICIPATING COMPANY"........................................................................    8
         1.45     "PAY"..........................................................................................    8
         1.46     "PERIOD OF SEVERANCE"..........................................................................    9
         1.47     "PLAN".........................................................................................   10
         1.48     "PLAN ADMINISTRATOR"...........................................................................   10
         1.49     "PLAN YEAR"....................................................................................   10
         1.50     "PRIOR PLAN"...................................................................................   10
         1.51     "RESTATEMENT DATE".............................................................................   10
         1.52     "ROLLOVER ACCOUNT".............................................................................   10
         1.53     "ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS".......................................................................   10
         1.54     "SECTION 414 COMPENSATION".....................................................................   10
         1.55     "SPOUSE".......................................................................................   11
         1.56     "STABLE VALUE OPTION"..........................................................................   11
         1.57     "STOCK"........................................................................................   11
         1.58     "STOCK ACCOUNT"................................................................................   11
         1.59     "TERMINATION FROM SERVICE".....................................................................   11
         1.60     "TERMINATION FROM SERVICE DATE"................................................................   11
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
         1.61     "TRANSFERRED EMPLOYEE".........................................................................   11
         1.62     "TRUST"........................................................................................   11
         1.63     "TRUSTEE"......................................................................................   11
         1.64     "TRUST FUND"...................................................................................   12
         1.65     "UNALLOCATED CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT".............................................................   12
         1.66     "UNMATCHED DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS".............................................................   12
         1.67     "VALUATION DATE"...............................................................................   12
         1.68     "VESTING SERVICE"..............................................................................   12
         1.69     "VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS"......................................................................   13
         1.70     "VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT"...............................................................   13

ARTICLE II - PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN...........................................................................   14
         2.1      CURRENT PARTICIPANTS...........................................................................   14
         2.2      OTHER ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES.......................................................................   14
         2.3      REEMPLOYMENT...................................................................................   14

ARTICLE III - CONTRIBUTIONS......................................................................................   15
         3.1      RATE OF DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS.................................................................   15
         3.2      WHEN DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS ARE MADE...........................................................   15
         3.3      CHANGES IN DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTION RATE..........................................................   15
         3.4      DISCONTINUANCE AND RESUMPTION OF DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS........................................   15
         3.5      SPECIAL LIMITATION ON DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS...................................................   15
         3.6      INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS........................................................................   19
         3.7      TIME OF INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS................................................................   24
         3.8      ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.........................................................................   24
         3.9      VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS........................................................................   25
         3.10     WHEN VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS ARE MADE..........................................................   25
         3.11     CHANGES IN VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTION RATE.........................................................   25
         3.12     DISCONTINUANCE OF VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS......................................................   25
         3.13     TRANSFER TO TRUST FUND.........................................................................   26

ARTICLE IV - LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS........................................................................   27
</TABLE>

                                       iii
<PAGE>
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
         4.1      RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS........................................................................   27
         4.2      CONTRIBUTIONS FROM EARNINGS AND PROFITS........................................................   27
         4.3      MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITION........................................................................   27
         4.4      COMBINED LIMITS................................................................................   28
         4.5      DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT AND TRANSMITTAL OF CONTRIBUTIONS.......................................   29

ARTICLE V - INVESTMENTS..........................................................................................   30
         5.1      RECEIPT OF CONTRIBUTIONS.......................................................................   30
         5.2      INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS.........................................................................   30
         5.3      INVESTMENT IN FUNDS............................................................................   30
         5.4      CHANGE OF INVESTMENT FUND......................................................................   30
         5.5      TRUSTEE MAY HOLD AND DISTRIBUTE CASH...........................................................   30
         5.6      PURCHASE OF STOCK; THE STOCK ACCOUNT...........................................................   31
         5.7      STOCK ACCOUNTS - RETIREMENT PLANNING...........................................................   31
         5.8      CHANGE OF INVESTMENT FUNDS AND NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.............................................   32

ARTICLE VI - ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS............................................................................   33
         6.1      UNALLOCATED CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT...............................................................   33
         6.2      ALLOCATION OF INVESTMENT EARNINGS..............................................................   33
         6.3      DETERMINATION OF VALUE.........................................................................   33

ARTICLE VII - VESTING............................................................................................   34
         7.1      ACCOUNTS OTHER THAN INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT.............................................   34
         7.2      INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT - PARTICIPANTS ON DECEMBER 31, 1998.............................   34
         7.3      INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT - PARTICIPANTS AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1999..........................   34
         7.4      OCCURRENCE OF FORFEITURES......................................................................   34
         7.5      FORFEITURES USED FOR INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS...................................................   35

ARTICLE VIII - DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANTS......................................................................   36
         8.1      TIME OF DISTRIBUTION...........................................................................   36
</TABLE>

                                       iv
<PAGE>
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
         8.2      DISTRIBUTION UPON PARTICIPANT'S TERMINATION FROM SERVICE FOR REASONS OTHER THAN DEATH
                  OR DISABILITY..................................................................................   38
         8.3      DISTRIBUTION UPON DEATH OF PARTICIPANT.........................................................   38
         8.4      DISTRIBUTION UPON DISABILITY OF PARTICIPANT....................................................   39
         8.5      FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION..........................................................................   39
         8.6      ELECTION OF FORM OF DISTRIBUTION...............................................................   40
         8.7      SPOUSAL CONSENT REQUIREMENTS...................................................................   42
         8.8      ANNUITY NONTRANSFERABLE........................................................................   42
         8.9      DISTRIBUTION WHERE NO ELECTION BY PARTICIPANT..................................................   42
         8.10     LIMIT ON DISTRIBUTION OF DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS.....................................................   43
         8.11     SMALL ACCOUNT VALUES; LUMP SUM CASH-OUT........................................................   44
         8.12     PROCEDURE FOR MISSING PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES............................................   44

ARTICLE IX - WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS...............................................................................   45
         9.1      WITHDRAWALS FROM VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTION AND ROLLOVER ACCOUNTS..................................   45
         9.2      WITHDRAWALS FROM DEFERRAL AND INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS..................................   45
         9.3      HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS...........................................................................   45
         9.4      TIMING OF WITHDRAWALS..........................................................................   47
         9.5      DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS WITHDRAWN..............................................................   47
         9.6      CONSENT TO WITHDRAWALS.........................................................................   47
         9.7      LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS..........................................................................   47

ARTICLE X - PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFITS............................................................................   53
         10.1     SOURCE OF DEATH BENEFITS.......................................................................   53
         10.2     DETERMINATIONS OF VALUES AND CASH-OUTS.........................................................   53
         10.3     DEATH BENEFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO ACCOUNTS OTHER THAN MONEY PURCHASE ACCOUNT.......................   53
         10.4     DEATH BENEFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO MONEY PURCHASE ACCOUNT...........................................   54
         10.5     PROOF OF DEATH.................................................................................   56
         10.6     LIMITATION OF PAYMENTS.........................................................................   56

ARTICLE XI - TERMINATION OF PLAN.................................................................................   58
</TABLE>

                                       v
<PAGE>
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
         11.1     COMPANY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE...................................................................   58
         11.2     EFFECT ON EMPLOYER AND TRUSTEE.................................................................   58
         11.3     EFFECT ON PARTICIPANTS.........................................................................   58
         11.4     TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION BY A PARTICIPATING COMPANY........................................   58
         11.5     MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR TRANSFER.............................................................   58

ARTICLE XII - AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN..............................................................................   59
         12.1     PROCEDURE FOR AMENDMENT........................................................................   59
         12.2     RESTRICTIONS...................................................................................   59

ARTICLE XIII - MANAGEMENT OF THE PLAN............................................................................   60
         13.1     ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY...................................................................   60
         13.2     POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR....................................................   61
         13.3     NOTICES AND ELECTIONS OF PARTICIPANTS..........................................................   62
         13.4     ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS...........................................................................   63
         13.5     COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.................................................................   63
         13.6     LIABILITY......................................................................................   64
         13.7     INDEMNIFICATION................................................................................   64
         13.8     AUTHORIZATION OF PAYMENTS......................................................................   64
         13.9     NOTICES TO TRUSTEE.............................................................................   64

ARTICLE XIV - TRUSTEE............................................................................................   66
         14.1     ACCOUNTING.....................................................................................   66
         14.2     TRUSTEE'S RESPONSIBILITIES LIMITED.............................................................   66
         14.3     INFORMATION AND RECEIPTS.......................................................................   66
         14.4     ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES........................................................................   67
         14.5     EXPENSES.......................................................................................   67
         14.6     COMPENSATION OF TRUSTEE........................................................................   67
         14.7     RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE..............................................................   67
         14.8     VOTING OR TENDER OF STOCK......................................................................   68
         14.9     INDEMNIFICATION BY EMPLOYER....................................................................   70
         14.10    LEGAL ACTION BY TRUSTEE........................................................................   70
</TABLE>

                                       vi
<PAGE>
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
         14.11    ACCEPTANCE OF TRUSTEE..........................................................................   70
         14.12    POWERS OF TRUSTEE..............................................................................   70
         14.13    MAINTENANCE OF INDICIA OF OWNERSHIP............................................................   72
         14.14    FORM OF COMMUNICATIONS.........................................................................   72
         14.15    INSURANCE CONTRACTS............................................................................   72

ARTICLE XV - CLAIMS PROCEDURES AND CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS..........................................................   74
         15.1     PROCEDURES FOR PRESENTING AND REVIEWING CLAIMS.................................................   74
         15.2     ASSIGNMENT AND ALIENATION PROHIBITED...........................................................   75
         15.3     DISTRIBUTION PURSUANT TO A QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER..................................   75

ARTICLE XVI - ADOPTION OF PLAN BY AFFILIATE......................................................................   79
         16.1     PURPOSE OF ARTICLE.............................................................................   79
         16.2     ADOPTION BY AFFILIATE..........................................................................   79
         16.3     PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN......................................................................   79
         16.4     TERMINATION BY A PARTICIPATING COMPANY.........................................................   80
         16.5     PARTICIPATING COMPANY PLAN EXPENSES............................................................   80
         16.6     COMPANY AS AGENT...............................................................................   80
         16.7     TRANSFERRED EMPLOYEES..........................................................................   80
         16.8     CONTRIBUTIONS TO TRUST FUND....................................................................   81
         16.9     COMMON PROCEDURES AND RULES....................................................................   81

ARTICLE XVII - PROVISIONS RELATING TO TOP-HEAVY PLAN.............................................................   82
         17.1     APPLICABILITY..................................................................................   82
         17.2     DEFINITIONS....................................................................................   82
         17.3     MINIMUM BENEFIT................................................................................   87
         17.4     SECTION 415 ADJUSTMENTS........................................................................   87

ARTICLE XVIII - MISCELLANEOUS....................................................................................   88
         18.1     BENEFITS SOLELY FROM TRUST FUND................................................................   88
         18.2     LIABILITY FOR BENEFITS, CONTRIBUTIONS AND EXPENSES.............................................   88
         18.3     RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES............................................................................   88
</TABLE>

                                       vii
<PAGE>
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
         18.4     TAXES AND FEES.................................................................................   89
         18.5     DIRECT ROLLOVERS...............................................................................   89
         18.6     ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.........................................................................   90
         18.7     APPLICABLE STATE LAW...........................................................................   91
         18.8     SECTION 16 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT.................................................................   91
         18.9     MANNER OF COMMUNICATIONS.......................................................................   91
         18.10    QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE.....................................................................   92
         ATTACHMENT I............................................................................................   93
         ATTACHMENT II...........................................................................................   94
         EXHIBIT A...............................................................................................   95
</TABLE>

                                      viii
<PAGE>
                             ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS

         1.1 "ACCOUNT" means the total of the subaccounts maintained by the Plan
Administrator to record the interest of a Participant in the Plan, including the
Deferral Account, the Incentive Contribution Account, the Voluntary Contribution
Account, the Rollover Account, the Discretionary Contribution Account and the
Money Purchase Account.

         1.2 "ACCOUNT VALUE" means the fair market value or book value of any
Account on the date assets are required to be valued.

         1.3 "ACTIVE PARTICIPANT" means a Participant who is an Eligible
Employee and who has not yet incurred a Termination from Service Date.

         1.4 "ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE" for a specified group of Active
Participants for a Plan Year shall be the average of the Contribution Percentage
of each Active Participant in such group, where such Contribution Percentage
shall be equal to the ratio of:

                  (a)      (i)      the Incentive Contributions and Voluntary
                                    Contributions, and

                           (ii)     any Deferral Contributions and Discretionary
                                    Contributions made pursuant to Section
                                    3.6(d), which are treated as Incentive
                                    Contributions for purposes of the Actual
                                    Contribution Percentage test,

                           contributed to the Plan on behalf of the Active
                           Participant for such Plan Year; to

                  (b)      the Active Participant's Section 414 Compensation for
                           such Plan Year. If the Plan Administrator deems it
                           desirable, all Contribution Percentages may be
                           calculated by taking into account Section 414
                           Compensation only for that portion of the Plan Year
                           during which the individual was an Active
                           Participant.

         1.5 "ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE" for a specified group of Active
Participants for a Plan Year shall be the average of the Deferral Percentage of
each Active Participant in such group, where such Deferral Percentage shall be
equal to the ratio of:

                  (a)      (i)      the Deferral Contributions, and

                           (ii)     any Incentive Contributions and
                                    Discretionary Contributions made pursuant to
                                    Section 3.5(b), which are treated as
                                    Deferral Contributions for purposes of the
                                    Actual Deferral Percentage test,

                           contributed to the Plan on behalf of the Active
                           Participant for such Plan Year; to

                                       1
<PAGE>
                  (b)      the Active Participant's Section 414 Compensation for
                           such Plan Year. If the Plan Administrator deems it
                           desirable, all Deferral Percentages may be calculated
                           by taking into account Section 414 Compensation only
                           for that portion of the Plan Year during which the
                           individual was an Active Participant.

         1.6 "ADJUSTED" means the cost of living adjustment factor prescribed by
the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 415(d) of the Code or otherwise, as
applied to such items and in such manner as such Secretary shall provide. The
amounts set forth for the application of adjustments are the amounts prescribed
by law as subject to adjustment and shall be adjusted from the date as
prescribed by applicable law. With respect to a Short Plan Year, items under the
Plan that are subject to adjustment shall be multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of months in the Short Plan Year and the
denominator of which is twelve (12).

         1.7 "AFFILIATE" means any entity affiliated with the Company or a
Participating Company within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code with
respect to controlled groups of corporations (within the meaning of Section
1563(a) of the Code, determined, however, without regard to Sections 1563(a)(4)
and (e)(3)(C) of the Code), Section 414(c) of the Code with respect to trades or
businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Company
or a Participating Company, Section 414(m) of the Code with respect to
affiliated service groups, and any other entity required to be aggregated with
the Company or a Participating Company pursuant to regulations under Section
414(o) of the Code; provided, however, that for purposes of applying the
provisions of Section 4.4 with respect to the limitations on contributions, the
rule of Section 415(h) of the Code shall apply to determine which entities are
required to be aggregated with the Company or a Participating Company under
Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code. No entity shall be treated as an Affiliate
for any period during which it is not part of the controlled group, under common
control or otherwise required to be aggregated under Section 414 of the Code.

         For this purpose, an affiliated service group is (a) a group consisting
of an entity whose principal business is the performance of medical, legal,
accounting or other services and any other entity that regularly performs
services for or with the first organization or other organizations in the group,
(e.g., a health maintenance organization and a professional corporation
employing physicians who perform medical services for or with the health
maintenance organization), or (b) a group consisting of an entity whose
principal business is the performance of management functions for other entities
and the entities who are so managed and related entities, provided, in each
case, that the common ownership requirements and other conditions of Section
414(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder are met.

         1.8 "ANNUITY STARTING DATE" means the Valuation Date as of which
benefits are calculated for purposes of payment, i.e., the first day of the
first month for which an amount is payable as an annuity or, in the case of
another form of benefit, the date on which all events have occurred that entitle
the Participant to such benefit, and not the actual payment date.

                                       2
<PAGE>
         1.9 "APPEAL COMMITTEE" means the persons appointed by the Company
pursuant to Section 13.1(c) for purposes of assisting with the administration of
the Plan on its behalf and on behalf of any Participating Company.

         1.10 "AUTHORIZED LEAVE OF ABSENCE" means any absence authorized in
writing by the Employer under its nondiscriminatory personnel practices,
provided further that the Participant returns to employment within the period
specified in the written instrument which authorizes the leave of absence.

         1.11 "BENEFICIARY" means any person or persons or fiduciary designated
by a Participant, or for a Participant in accordance with the terms hereof, to
receive any benefits payable by reason of the death of a Participant, subject to
applicable laws. Such designation shall be made by executing and delivering to
the Employer written notice thereof in such form as may be prescribed by the
Employer at any time prior to the Participant's death, and may be revoked or
changed by subsequent written notices delivered to the Employer form time to
time prior to the Participant's death. If the Participant shall have failed to
make such a designation, or if no designated Beneficiaries shall survive the
Participant, then the Beneficiary shall be (i) the Participant's Spouse, or (ii)
if no Spouse survives the Participant, the Participant's children, or (iii) if
neither a Spouse nor any children survive the Participant, the Participant's
estate. Where appropriate the term "Beneficiary" shall also refer to an
alternate payee under a QDRO. For purposes of this Section 1.11, the term
"Spouse" shall also mean the domestic partner of a Participant working for Aetna
Life Insurance and Annuity Company in the city or county of San Francisco,
California, if the Participant has designated such individual the Participant's
domestic partner on the applicable form provided by the Company for that purpose
and has indicated on such form that the individual shall be the Participant's
beneficiary under the Plan in the absence of a contrary designation.

         1.12 "BENEFIT FINANCE COMMITTEE" means the persons appointed as such by
the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Retirement Plan for
Employees of Aetna Services, Inc. and who have the duties described in Section
5.8 with respect to the Plan.

         1.13 "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         1.14 "COMPANY" means Aetna Services, Inc. or any successor by merger,
consolidation, purchase or otherwise.

         1.15 "COMPENSATION DEFERRAL AGREEMENT" means the agreement by which an
Active Participant agrees to defer receipt of Pay in consideration for the
Employer's agreement to make Deferral Contributions in accordance with the terms
of the Plan.

         1.16 "DEFERRAL ACCOUNT" means the subaccount established to record the
Participant's Deferral Contributions and the earnings thereon.

         1.17 "DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS" means the amount contributed to the Plan
on a pre-tax basis pursuant to an Active Participant's Compensation Deferral
Agreement in accordance with Section 3.1.

                                       3
<PAGE>
         1.18 "DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTION RATE" means that percentage of a
Participant's Pay designated as a Deferral Contribution in a Compensation
Deferral Agreement in accordance with Section 3.1.

         1.19 "DISABILITY" means a physical or mental condition that meets both
of the following conditions: (a) in the opinion of a licensed physician
appointed by the Plan Administrator the disability is believed to be permanent
and to render the Participant unfit to perform the duties for which the
Participant is trained or that are of equal dignity and status, and (b) the
disability results in the Participant receiving disability benefits under either
(i) the Federal Social Security Act or (ii) the long-term disability plan
sponsored by the Employer.

         1.20 "DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS" means the amount, if any,
contributed to the Plan on behalf of a Participant as a Discretionary
Contribution pursuant to Section 3.5(b) and/or Section 3.6(d).

         1.21 "DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT" means the subaccount
established to record the Participant's Discretionary Contribution and the
earnings thereon.

         1.22 "EARNINGS OR PROFITS" means the current or accumulated earnings or
profits of the Employer determined by the Employer in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.

         1.23 "EFFECTIVE DATE" means the date as of which the Company initially
adopted the Plan and executed the Trust: September 1, 1972.

         1.24 "ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE" means any Employee employed by an Employer
other than (a) an Employee whose employment is governed by the terms of a
collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives (within the
meaning of Section 7701(a)(46) of the Code) and an Employer if such collective
bargaining agreement does not specifically provide for participation in the
Plan; (b) a "leased employee," as such term is defined under Section 414(n) of
the Code; (c) an Employee who is a nonresident alien (within the meaning of
Section 7701(b) of the Code) with no earned income (within the meaning of
Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from an Employer or Affiliate that constitutes
income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Section
861(a)(3) of the Code), unless (i) a certificate of coverage has been filed with
the Social Security Administration on behalf of the Employee under Section 233
of the Social Security Act, or (ii) the employee has been designated as an
Eligible Employee by the Employer; or (d) an individual who is designated, or
otherwise determined, to be an independent contractor but who is ultimately
determined to be an employee pursuant to the Code or any other applicable law.

         1.25 "EMPLOYEE" means any person who is employed by an Employer or an
Affiliate. The term Employee shall not include any individual the Employer or an
Affiliate designates as, or otherwise determines to be, an independent
contractor. However, the term Employee shall include "leased employees" within
the meaning of Section 414(n) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
leased employees constitute less than twenty percent (20%) of the nonhighly

                                       4
<PAGE>
compensated work force of the Employer and all Affiliates (within the meaning of
Section 414 (n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code), the term Employee shall not include
those leased employees covered by a plan described in Section 414(n)(5) of the
Code. The term Employee shall not include agents, general agents, contract
general agents, career agents or brokers.

         1.26 "EMPLOYER" means the Company and any Participating Company.

         1.27 "EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE" means the first day for which an
Employee is entitled to be credited with an Hour of Service. "Reemployment
Commencement Date" means the first day for which an Employee is entitled to be
credited with an Hour of Service subsequent to the Employee's Termination from
Service.

         1.28 "FISCAL YEAR" means the Employer's fiscal year for Federal Income
Tax purposes.

         1.29 "GROUP ANNUITY CONTRACT" means a contract or contracts of the
Insurer that provides the accumulation facilities under Investment Funds
maintained by the Insurer and that also provide facilities for distribution of
Account Value upon a Participant's Termination from Service.

         1.30 "HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE" means, effective for Plan Years
beginning on or after December 31, 1998: (a) any Employee who, during the
"look-back year" received compensation (as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the
Code) in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code);
and (b) any Employee who is a 5-percent owner (as described in Section
17.2(b)(iii) hereof) at any time during the "look-back year" or the
"determination year." For purposes of this Section 1.30 the "determination year"
shall be the calendar year in which the Plan Year ends and the "look-back year"
shall be the twelve-month period immediately preceding the "determination year."
The determination of who is a "highly compensated employee" will be made in
accordance with Section 414(q) of the Code and applicable regulations, rulings
and procedures and permitted elections thereunder. The provisions of the Prior
Plan in this definitional section and related sections of the Plan, relating to
family aggregation are eliminated effective January 1, 1997.

         1.31 "HOUR OF SERVICE" means:

         (a)      each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                  payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer or an
                  Affiliate. These hours will be credited to the Employee for
                  the computation period in which the duties are performed; and

         (b)      each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                  payment, by the Employer or an Affiliate on account of a
                  period of time during which no duties are performed
                  (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has
                  terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity
                  (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or an
                  Authorized Leave of Absence, but not in excess of five hundred
                  and one (501) hours for any continuous period of nonworking
                  time for

                                       5
<PAGE>
                  which the Participant is compensated. Hours under this Section
                  will be calculated and credited pursuant to Section
                  2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations which are
                  incorporated herein by reference; and

         (c)      each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
                  damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or an
                  Affiliate with respect to an Employee. The same hours of
                  service will not be credited both under subsection (a) or
                  subsection (b), as the case may be, and under subsection (c).
                  Hours credited under this subsection will be credited to the
                  Employee for the computation period to which the award or
                  agreement pertains, rather than the computation period in
                  which the award, agreement, or payment is made; and

         (d)      Hours of Service will be credited for employment with an
                  Affiliate provided, however, if an Employee has previously
                  been credited with an Hour of Service for any hour of work
                  with the Company or a Participating Company the Employee shall
                  not be entitled to be credited for a second hour for the same
                  period based on employment with an Affiliate.

         (e)      Hours of Service shall not be credited for any hours for which
                  an Employee is directly or indirectly paid under a plan
                  maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable
                  workmen's compensation, unemployment compensation or
                  disability laws.

         (f)      Hours of Service shall not be credited for payments which were
                  made solely to reimburse an Employee for medical or medically
                  related expenses incurred by the Employee, nor for extra pay
                  for any period for which Hours have previously been credited,
                  such as extra pay in lieu of vacation.

         (g)      For purposes of determining Hours of Service, the following
                  guidelines shall apply:

                  (1)      Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the
                           contrary, an Employee shall be credited with Hours of
                           Service if so required by any federal law; the nature
                           and extent of such credit shall be determined under
                           such law.

                  (2)      Employees compensated on other than an hourly basis
                           and for whom hours are not required to be counted and
                           recorded by any other federal law, such as the Fair
                           Labor Standards Act, shall be credited with
                           forty-five (45) Hours of Service per week for any
                           week during which the Employee is credited with one
                           (1) Hour of Service.

                  (3)      When necessary, Hours of Service completed prior to
                           January 1, 1976 shall be determined from such records
                           as an Employer has maintained in the past, making
                           reasonable approximations where necessary. If these
                           records are insufficient to make an approximation, a
                           reasonable estimate of Hours of Service to be
                           credited will be made.

                                       6
<PAGE>
         1.32 "INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS" means the amounts contributed by the
Employer in accordance with Section 3.6(a).

         1.33 "INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT" means the Participant's
subaccount with respect to the Incentive Contributions made pursuant to Section
3.6(a) and earnings thereon.

         1.34 "INSURER" means Aetna Life Insurance Company or such other legal
reserve life insurance company with which the Trustee enters into a Group
Annuity Contract or other contract.

         1.35 "INVESTMENT FUND" means the Stock Account and such other
investments under the Group Annuity Contract or in other funds or accounts as
are made available for the investment of Participants' Accounts in accordance
with the rules of Article V.

         1.36 "LIMITATION YEAR" means the calendar year.

         1.37 "MATCHED DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTION" means a Deferral Contribution or
portion thereof for which a corresponding Incentive Contribution is made on
behalf of the Participant.

         1.38 "MONEY PURCHASE ACCOUNT" means the subaccount established to
record any amounts transferred to the Plan from a money purchase pension plan
and the earnings thereon.

         1.39 "NET INCOME" means the Employer's net profit for the current
fiscal year, as determined by the Employer in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles and without deduction for contributions under the Plan.

         1.40 "NONHIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE" means an Employee who is not a
Highly Compensated Employee.

         1.41 "NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE" means a Participant's sixty-fifth (65th)
birthday.

         1.42 "NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE" means the first day of the month
coinciding with or next following the Participant's attainment of Normal
Retirement Age.

         1.43 "PARTICIPANT" means an Eligible Employee who satisfies the
eligibility requirements under Article II and who is participating in the Plan
in accordance with its provisions (whether or not such Eligible Employee elects
to make Deferral Contributions), or a former Employee who participated in the
Plan and who has not yet received a full distribution of his or her Account as
provided in Article VIII.

         1.44 "PARTICIPATING COMPANY" means any Affiliate which has adopted the
Plan and Trust in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein. A
Participating Company may adopt this Plan with respect to less than all of its
otherwise eligible employees. The Participating Companies are listed in
Attachment II to this Plan.

                                       7
<PAGE>
         1.45 "PAY" means, effective on and after January 1, 1999, the base
salary or base wages, as applicable, paid to an Active Participant by the
Employer during a Plan Year (or any portion thereof) for personal services
rendered, plus any performance bonus, wage incentive, shift differential, area
differential and overtime, including payments made under the Management
Incentive Plan which are paid at the time awarded (rather than pursuant to a
deferral agreement). Pay shall be determined as if no elective salary reduction
had been made pursuant to Sections 125 and 401(k) of the Code.

         Pay shall not include:

                  (1)      payments under any stock option plan or similar
                           equity program;

                  (2)      compensation paid for service performed as an agent,
                           career agent, general agent, contract general agent
                           or broker;

                  (3)      payments made for unused paid time off;

                  (4)      any personal commissions paid to employees for the
                           sale of any product of a business unit of the
                           Employer including life insurance commissions, mutual
                           fund commissions, variable annuity commissions, group
                           insurance plan commissions, Aetna health plan
                           commissions, auto insurance commissions, homeowner's
                           insurance commissions and casualty insurance
                           commissions;

                  (5)      sign-on bonuses or any other payment made upon
                           acceptance of employment with the Employer,

                  (6)      any noncash compensation;

                  (7)      severance or salary continuation payments or
                           benefits, except salary continuation benefits not to
                           exceed 13 weeks;

                  (8)      lump sum vacation payments;

                  (9)      transfer or relocation payments;

                  (10)     travel and entertainment expenses;

                  (11)     tuition reimbursement;

                  (12)     payments under long term compensation programs;

                  (13)     any stay or retention bonus; or

                  (14)     any bonus which is paid pursuant to a deferral
                           agreement or program.

                                       8
<PAGE>
         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the
annual Pay of each Active Participant taken into account under the Plan for any
Plan Year shall not exceed one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000), as
Adjusted, except that with respect to a Short Plan Year, annual Pay shall not
exceed one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000), as Adjusted, multiplied by
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the Short Plan
Year and the denominator of which is twelve (12). In the case of any Plan Year
that does not coincide with the calendar year, the annual compensation
limitation used for purposes of calculating annual Pay shall be the limitation
applicable to the calendar year in which the Plan Year begins.

         The provisions of the Prior Plan, in this definitional section and in
related sections of the Plan, relating to family aggregation of Pay are
eliminated effective January 1, 1997.

         1.46 "PERIOD OF SEVERANCE" means a period beginning on the Termination
from Service Date and ending on the Employee's Reemployment Commencement Date.
In the case of an Employee who would have normally been scheduled to work during
unpaid absence incident to the pregnancy of or birth or adoption of a child by
or to such Employee and the caring for such child immediately thereafter, then
for purposes of calculating a Period of Severance, the Employee's Termination
from Service Date shall be postponed for one year beyond the date which would
otherwise be provided under Section 1.60, but only to the extent that credit for
such unpaid absence has not already been given as an Authorized Leave of
Absence.

         1.47 "PLAN" means the Aetna Services, Inc. Incentive Savings Plan as
set forth herein, including any amendments hereto. This Plan is intended to be a
profit sharing plan with a feature satisfying the requirements of Section 401(k)
of the Code.

         1.48 "PLAN ADMINISTRATOR" means the Company.

         1.49 "PLAN YEAR" means the twelve-(12) month period beginning on each
January 1 and ending on the next subsequent December 31.

         All calculations and determinations under the Plan that are based on a
Plan Year shall, with respect to such calculations and determinations for a
Short Plan Year, be made in the manner required by the Code.

         1.50 "PRIOR PLAN" means the Plan in effect prior to the Restatement
Date, as modified by any amendments first appearing in this Plan Restatement but
effective prior to January 1, 1999.

         1.51 "RESTATEMENT DATE" means January 1, 1999.

         1.52 "ROLLOVER ACCOUNT" means the subaccount established to record an
Eligible Employee's Rollover Contributions and earnings thereon.

         1.53 "ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS" means the amount contributed to the Plan
as a rollover contribution in accordance with Section 3.8.

                                       9
<PAGE>
         1.54 "SECTION 414 COMPENSATION" means for any Participant, the
Participant's wages within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code and all
other payments of compensation for which the Employer is required to furnish the
Participant a written statement under Section 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052 of
the Code, i.e., a Form W-2, but determined without regard to any rules that
limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the
employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural
labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code), plus any amounts paid pursuant to any
salary reduction agreement for the year in question under an arrangement
referred to in Sections 125, 403(b) or 401(k) of the Code. Section 414
Compensation shall be measured based on compensation actually paid or made
available to a Participant during the measuring period and not on an accrued
basis. Section 414 Compensation in excess of one hundred fifty thousand dollars
($150,000), as Adjusted, shall not be taken into account under the Plan. The
annual compensation limitation used for purposes of calculating Section 414
Compensation shall be the limitation applicable to the calendar year in which
the Plan Year begins.

         1.55 "SPOUSE" means a Participant's legal spouse determined under
applicable law; provided, however, that for purposes of Article X, other than
Section 10.6, an individual shall not be treated as a Participant's Spouse
unless the Participant and spouse have been married throughout the one-year
period ending on the date of the Participant's death. Notwithstanding the above,
with respect to Participants who marry after June 30, 1998, and Employees who
first become Participants after June 30, 1998, the one-year marriage requirement
set forth in the preceding sentence shall not apply.

         1.56 "STABLE VALUE OPTION" means an accumulation facility under the
Group Annuity Contract that provides for investment of assets at a stipulated
rate of interest for a fixed period.

         1.57 "STOCK" means the common stock of Aetna Inc.

         1.58 "STOCK ACCOUNT" means any account established and maintained for
the purpose of investing in Stock, as further described in Section 5.6.

         1.59 "TERMINATION FROM SERVICE" means, for any Employee, the
termination of his or her employment upon the occurrence of his or her
Termination from Service Date.

         1.60 "TERMINATION FROM SERVICE DATE" means the date which is the
earlier of (i) the earliest of the date an Employee quits, retires, dies or is
discharged from employment with the Employer; or (ii) the first anniversary of
the first date of a period in which the Employee remains absent from service
(with or without pay) for any reason other than quit, retirement, death or
discharge, such as vacation, holiday, sickness, leave of absence or layoff.
Notwithstanding the preceding, a Termination from Service Date shall not occur
earlier than the last day of any (a) Authorized Leave of Absence or (b) period
in which the Employee receives periodic salary continuation benefits not to
exceed 13 weeks.

                                       10
<PAGE>
         1.61 "TRANSFERRED EMPLOYEE" means a "Transferred Employee" as defined
in the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of November 28, 1995 between the
Company and The Travelers Insurance Group, Inc.

         1.62 "TRUST" means the trust agreement as set forth herein and adopted
by the Company, which is established to hold and invest contributions made under
the Plan.

         1.63 "TRUSTEE" means such person or persons or corporation appointed
and acting as Trustee or successor Trustee under the Trust.

         1.64 "TRUST FUND" means all assets of any kind or nature, including all
property and income, held by the Trustee under the Trust.

         1.65 "UNALLOCATED CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT" means the account established
and maintained by the Plan Administrator for recording Incentive Contributions
held by the Trustee before allocation in accordance with the provisions of
Article VI.

         1.66 "UNMATCHED DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS" means a Deferral Contribution
or portion thereof for which no corresponding Incentive Contribution is made.

         1.67 "VALUATION DATE" means the date used to value the Plan's assets.
Generally, each day of the Plan Year shall be a Valuation Date; however, the
Plan Administrator in its sole discretion may designate specific Valuation Dates
for specific purposes.

         1.68 "VESTING SERVICE" means the period or periods of an Employee's
employment considered in the determination of vesting.

                  (a)      An Employee's initial period of Vesting Service shall
                           begin on the Employee's Employment Commencement Date
                           and end on the next following Termination from
                           Service Date. If an Employee has a Termination from
                           Service and is subsequently reemployed, a new period
                           of Vesting Service shall begin on the Employee's
                           Reemployment Commencement Date and end on the next
                           subsequent Termination from Service Date. If,
                           however, an Employee has a Termination from Service
                           and again performs an Hour of Service as defined in
                           Section 1.31(a) within 12 months from the most recent
                           Termination from Service Date, such Termination from
                           Service shall be disregarded, and the Employee shall
                           be credited with all Vesting Service from his or her
                           most recent Employment Commencement Date or
                           Reemployment Commencement Date.

                           An Employee shall be credited with a number of "Years
                           of Vesting Service" equal to the Employee's periods
                           of Vesting Service expressed as the number of whole
                           years within such period or periods. In determining
                           the number of whole Years of Vesting Service, all
                           periods of Vesting Service shall be aggregated and
                           counted on the basis that 12 months of

                                       11
<PAGE>
                           Vesting Service or 365 days of Vesting Service are
                           equal to one whole Year of Vesting Service.

                  (b)      A period of Vesting Service shall include a period
                           prior to the date the Employer by which an Employee
                           is employed became or becomes an Affiliate, but only
                           to the extent specifically set forth in Attachment I
                           hereto.

                  (c)      Effective December 12, 1994, in the case of an
                           Employee who leaves employment to enter service with
                           the armed forces of the United States, Service shall
                           include the period of such military service, provided
                           that the Employee resumes employment with the
                           Employer or an Affiliate within the period during
                           which such re-employment rights are protected by
                           applicable law. The provisions of this Section 1.64
                           shall be construed in accordance with, and to be
                           coextensive with, the provisions of Section 414(u) of
                           the Code.

         1.69 "VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS" means the amount of a Participant's
taxable annual Pay contributed to the Plan in accordance with Section 3.9.

         1.70 "VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT" means the subaccount established
and maintained by the Plan Administrator for recording the Participant's
Voluntary Contributions and earnings thereon.

                                  CONSTRUCTION

         The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to
include the feminine gender, unless the context clearly indicates to the
contrary. Where appropriate, words used in the singular include the plural and
words used in the plural include the singular. The words "hereof," "herein,"
"hereunder" and other similar compounds of the word "here" shall mean and refer
to this entire Plan, not to any particular provision or section.

                                       12
<PAGE>
                     ARTICLE II - PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN

         2.1 CURRENT PARTICIPANTS. Each individual who was a Participant on
December 31, 1998 shall continue to be a Participant subject to the terms of the
Plan.

         2.2 OTHER ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES. Each other Eligible Employee shall become
an Active Participant as soon as administratively feasible following the later
of the date on which the Eligible Employee: (i) first performs an Hour of
Service; or (ii) attains age eighteen (18).

         2.3 REEMPLOYMENT. Any Employee who is re-employed by an Employer shall
become a Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section
2.2.

                                       13
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE III - CONTRIBUTIONS

         3.1 RATE OF DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS. Subject to the provisions of this
Article III, an Active Participant may enter into a Compensation Deferral
Agreement to have the Employer make contributions to the Deferral Account on the
Participant's behalf as of each payroll period, in accordance with Section
401(k) of the Code. Such Deferral Contributions may be at a rate of between one
percent (1%) and ten percent (10%), in whole percentages, of the Active
Participant's Pay.

         3.2 WHEN DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS ARE MADE. Deferral Contributions shall
begin as soon as practicable after receipt of the Participant's Compensation
Deferral Agreement.

         3.3 CHANGES IN DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTION RATE. Subject to the limitations
of this Article III and the Compensation Deferral Agreement, an Active
Participant's Deferral Contribution Rate shall remain in force for any period
for which the Participant receives Pay until the Participant ceases to be an
Active Participant or until the Participant gives notice to the Plan
Administrator of the Participant election to change the Deferral Contribution
Rate. Any such change in the Deferral Contribution Rate shall become effective
as soon as practicable but in no event later than the first day of the second
month after the Participant files a change of election with the Plan
Administrator. A Highly Compensated Employee may not increase the Deferral
Contribution Rate if the Plan Administrator determines that such increase may
cause the Plan to violate the limitation in Section 3.5.

         3.4 DISCONTINUANCE AND RESUMPTION OF DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS. An Active
Participant may at any time voluntarily suspend Deferral Contributions by giving
the Plan Administrator notice to that effect. An Active Participant who has been
an Active Participant at all times after discontinuing Deferral Contributions
shall be permitted to resume such contributions by notifying the Plan
Administrator to that effect. Any such discontinuance or resumption of Deferral
Contributions shall become effective as soon as practicable and in no event
later than the first day of the second month after the Active Participant files
a change of election with the Plan Administrator.

         3.5 SPECIAL LIMITATION ON DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

                  (a)      ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST. The Actual Deferral
                           Percentage for Active Participants who are Highly
                           Compensated Employees shall not exceed the prior Plan
                           Year's Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants
                           who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees during such
                           prior Plan Year by the greater of:

                           (i)      one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%);
                                    or

                           (ii)     the lesser of two percentage points or two
                                    hundred percent (200%).

                                       14
<PAGE>
                           The Actual Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated
                           Employees entitled to make Deferral Contributions, as
                           well as similar contributions to or under other plans
                           maintained by the Employer or any Affiliate, shall be
                           determined as if such contributions were made under a
                           single arrangement.

                           Notwithstanding the above, the Employer may elect to
                           use Actual Deferral Percentage data for Nonhighly
                           Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year;
                           provided, however, that such election shall be made
                           by amending the Plan, and, once elected, may be
                           changed only as permitted by applicable law.

                  (b)      DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS.

                           (i)      The Plan Administrator shall determine on a
                                    timely basis after the end of a Plan Year
                                    whether the Actual Deferral Percentage test
                                    results satisfy either of the tests
                                    described in Section 3.5(a), as modified by
                                    Section 3.6(c). In the event neither test is
                                    satisfied, or in the event neither of the
                                    tests described in Section 3.6(b), as
                                    modified by Section 3.6(c), is satisfied,
                                    the Employer may elect to make a "qualified
                                    matching contribution" as defined in
                                    Treasury Regulation Section
                                    1.401(k)-1(g)(13), referred to herein as a
                                    Discretionary Contribution, and to use such
                                    contribution to pass such test. Such
                                    Discretionary Contribution shall be made
                                    with respect to the Plan Year as to which
                                    such test was not satisfied.

                           (ii)     The Discretionary Contribution shall first
                                    be allocated solely to the Discretionary
                                    Contribution Accounts of Nonhighly
                                    Compensated Employees whose Pay for the Plan
                                    Year was $15,000 or less, who made Deferral
                                    Contributions with respect to such Plan
                                    Year, and who were Active Participants on
                                    the last day of such Plan Year. Such
                                    Discretionary Contribution shall be
                                    allocated among the group of Participants
                                    identified above proportionately on the
                                    basis of their Section 414 Compensation for
                                    the Plan Year. The amount of any such
                                    Discretionary Contribution shall be such
                                    that the initially failed test described in
                                    (i) above is satisfied, but in no event
                                    shall any such Participant receive an
                                    allocation of greater than three percent
                                    (3%) of the Participant's Section 414
                                    Compensation for the Plan Year.

                           (iii)    In the event that, after making the maximum
                                    Discretionary Contribution permitted under
                                    (ii) above, the initially failed test
                                    described in (i) above is still not
                                    satisfied, and the Employer elects to make a
                                    further Discretionary Contribution, the
                                    process described in (ii) above may be
                                    repeated, with the same maximum allocation
                                    (i.e., 3% of Section 414 Compensation) in
                                    effect, first with respect

                                       15
<PAGE>
                                    to such Participants whose Pay for the Plan
                                    Year was between $15,001 and $20,000, then
                                    (if necessary) with respect to such
                                    Participants whose Pay for the Plan Year was
                                    between $20,001 and $25,000, and finally (if
                                    necessary) with respect to such Participants
                                    whose Pay for the Plan Year was between
                                    $25,001 and $30,000, until the initially
                                    failed test is satisfied.

                           (iv)     Any Discretionary Contribution shall be made
                                    within the time period required by any
                                    applicable laws and regulations. Any
                                    Discretionary Contribution allocated
                                    pursuant to this subsection (b) shall be
                                    immediately vested as if it was a Deferral
                                    Contribution, and shall be subject to the
                                    same withdrawal restrictions as
                                    post-December 31, 1988 earnings on Deferral
                                    Contributions.

                  (c)      DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS. If the Employer
                           does not elect to make Discretionary Contributions
                           pursuant to paragraph (b) above for a Plan Year in
                           which neither of the tests described in Section
                           3.5(a), as modified by Section 3.6(c), is satisfied,
                           the Plan Administrator may reduce the Deferral
                           Contributions of Active Participants who are Highly
                           Compensated Employees and distribute any Excess
                           Contributions, and any income allocable thereto, as
                           provided below. Excess Contributions shall mean the
                           excess of (i) the aggregate amount of the Deferral
                           Contributions and any Incentive Contributions treated
                           as Deferral Contributions for purposes of the Actual
                           Deferral Percentage test actually paid over to the
                           Trust Fund on behalf of Active Participants who are
                           Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year, over
                           (ii) the maximum amount of such contributions
                           permitted under Section 3.5(a), as modified by
                           Section 3.6(c), determined by reducing the amount of
                           such contributions of Highly Compensated Employees in
                           the order of their Deferral Percentages, beginning
                           with the highest Deferral Percentage, until the
                           applicable test is satisfied.

                           Distribution of Excess Contributions shall be
                           accomplished by reducing the Deferral Contributions
                           of Highly Compensated Employees, beginning with the
                           highest contributions (determined by dollar amount)
                           in the manner set forth in Section 401(k)(8)(C) of
                           the Code, and continuing until the total amount of
                           Excess Contributions has been distributed. The
                           reductions shall be made first from Unmatched
                           Deferral Contributions and, thereafter, from Matched
                           Deferral Contributions, with any corresponding
                           Incentive Contributions forfeited and reallocated
                           pursuant to Section 3.5(g).

                           Any amount so distributed shall be adjusted in
                           accordance with applicable regulations for income or
                           loss allocable thereto in respect of the Plan Year in
                           which such Excess Contributions occurred. If such
                           Participant's Account is invested in more than one
                           Investment Fund, such distribution

                                       16
<PAGE>
                           shall be made pro rata, to the extent practicable,
                           from all such Investment Funds.

                           Distribution of Excess Contributions for any Plan
                           Year, as determined above, shall be made before the
                           last day of the next Plan Year.

                  (d)      DEFERRAL LIMITATION. Notwithstanding any other
                           provision of the Plan to the contrary, the amount to
                           be contributed for any calendar year on behalf of any
                           Active Participant pursuant to a Compensation
                           Deferral Agreement, combined with elective deferrals,
                           as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code, to any
                           plan of any Affiliate under Sections 401(k), 408(k)
                           or 403(b) of the Code, except as provided in Section
                           402(g) of the Code shall not exceed ten thousand
                           dollars ($10,000), as Adjusted (the "Deferral
                           Limitation").

                  (e)      EXCESS DEFERRALS.

                           (i)      "Excess Deferrals" shall mean the amount by
                                    which a Participant's Deferral
                                    Contributions, combined with the aggregate
                                    amount of the Participant's elective
                                    deferrals, as defined in Section 402(g)(3)
                                    of the Code, to any other plans under
                                    Sections 401(k), 408(k) or 403(b) of the
                                    Code except as provided in Section 402(g) of
                                    the Code, whether sponsored by the Employer
                                    or by any other related or unrelated entity,
                                    exceed the Deferral Limitation.

                           (ii)     Notwithstanding any other provision of the
                                    Plan, Excess Deferrals, plus any income and
                                    minus any loss allocable thereto, may be
                                    distributed to Participants to whose
                                    Accounts Excess Deferrals were allocated for
                                    the preceding calendar year and who claim
                                    Excess Deferrals for such calendar year. The
                                    Employer may make a distribution hereunder
                                    before the end of the calendar year to the
                                    extent that the Excess Deferrals for the
                                    calendar year result solely from Deferral
                                    Contributions under the Plan.

                           (iii)    The Participant's claim shall be in writing;
                                    shall be submitted to the Employer no later
                                    than March 1; shall specify the
                                    Participant's Excess Deferrals for the
                                    preceding calendar year; and shall be
                                    accompanied by the Participant's written
                                    statement that if such amounts are not
                                    distributed, the Participant's Deferral
                                    Contributions, when added to elective
                                    deferrals under other plans as described in
                                    Sections 401(k), 408(k) or 403(b) of the
                                    Code, exceed the Deferral Limitation. The
                                    Employer may deem a claim to have been made
                                    in the event that the Excess Deferrals
                                    result in a violation of Section 3.5(d)
                                    above.

                                       17
<PAGE>
                           (iv)     Any amount so distributed shall be adjusted
                                    in accordance with applicable regulations
                                    for income or loss allocable thereto in
                                    respect of the Plan Year in which such
                                    Excess Deferrals occurred. If such
                                    Participant's Account is invested in more
                                    than one Investment Fund, such distribution
                                    shall be made pro rata, to the extent
                                    practicable, from all such Investment Funds.

                  (f)      AUTHORITY TO LIMIT DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS. If the
                           Plan Administrator deems it necessary to satisfy one
                           of the Actual Deferral Percentage tests, the Deferral
                           Limitation, the deduction limitation of Section 404
                           or Section 415(c) of the Code, the Plan
                           Administrator, either before the beginning of a Plan
                           Year or at any time during a Plan Year, shall have
                           the authority to limit the Deferral Contributions for
                           any Active Participant for such Plan Year (or for any
                           portion of such Plan Year remaining after the Plan
                           Administrator exercises the authority granted by this
                           subsection) to the extent necessary or appropriate to
                           insure that the Plan satisfies any or all of such
                           limitations for such Plan Year.

                  (g)      FORFEITURE OF INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. In the event
                           of the return of any Excess Contributions or Excess
                           Deferrals to an Active Participant, no Incentive
                           Contribution shall be made with respect to such
                           Excess Contributions or Excess Deferrals and, if a
                           related Incentive Contribution is made before a
                           determination of Excess Deferrals or Excess
                           Contributions, such Incentive Contribution shall be
                           forfeited as of the date of such return and shall be
                           used to reduce the contributions to be made by the
                           Employer for the Plan Year.

                  (h)      COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW. All determinations
                           and procedures with regard to the matters covered by
                           this Section 3.5 shall be in accordance with Section
                           401(k)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section
                           1.401(k)-1, including the provisions requiring
                           aggregate testing of plans that are permissively
                           aggregated for the purpose of satisfying the
                           requirements of Section 410(b) of the Code.

         3.6      INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.

                  (a)      GENERAL.

                           (i)      The Employer may, in the sole discretion of
                                    the Company, make an Incentive Contribution
                                    each payroll period for each Active
                                    Participant who makes Deferral Contributions
                                    for the payroll period and who is employed
                                    for any day during the payroll period. The
                                    total Incentive Contribution made on behalf
                                    of each Active Participant who meets the
                                    requirements of this Section 3.6 shall not
                                    exceed the lesser of (I) one hundred percent
                                    (100%) of the Active Participant's Deferral
                                    Contributions during such month (or payroll
                                    period) and (II) five percent (5%) of the
                                    Active

                                       18
<PAGE>
                                    Participant's Pay during such month (or
                                    payroll period). The Employer will make any
                                    Incentive Contributions to the Plan as of
                                    the end of each month or at such other
                                    intervals as established by the Employer.

                           (ii)     At the end of each Plan Year, the Employer,
                                    in the sole discretion of the Company, may
                                    make an additional Incentive Contribution to
                                    the Incentive Contribution Account of each
                                    Participant who made Deferral Contributions
                                    during such Plan Year and who is either
                                    still employed or still has an Account
                                    balance on the last day of the Plan Year, in
                                    the amount, if any, necessary to make the
                                    Participant's total Incentive Contributions
                                    for such Plan Year equal to the lesser of
                                    (I) one hundred percent (100%) of the
                                    Participant's Deferral Contributions during
                                    such Plan Year and (II) five percent (5%) of
                                    the Participant's Pay during such Plan Year,
                                    but excluding any Pay prior to the date on
                                    which the Participant commenced Deferral
                                    Contributions during the Plan Year. (The
                                    100% and 5% figures referred to in the
                                    preceding sentence shall automatically
                                    change to be consistent with any changes
                                    made by the Company to the corresponding
                                    figures in (i) above.) The Incentive
                                    Contribution described in this paragraph
                                    (ii) shall only be made to a Participant
                                    whose pay for the prior Plan Year was
                                    $160,000 or less.

                  (b)      ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TEST. The Actual
                           Contribution Percentage for Active Participants who
                           are Highly Compensated Employees shall not exceed the
                           prior Plan Year's Actual Contribution Percentage for
                           Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees
                           during such prior Plan Year by the greater of:

                           (i)      one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%);
                                    or

                           (ii)     the lesser of 2 percentage points or two
                                    hundred percent (200%).

                           The Actual Contribution Percentage for Highly
                           Compensated Employees entitled to receive Incentive
                           Contributions under the Plan, as well as similar
                           contributions to or under other plans maintained by
                           the Employer or any Affiliate, shall be determined as
                           if such contributions were made under a single
                           arrangement.

                           Notwithstanding the above, the Employer may elect to
                           use Actual Contribution Percentage data for Nonhighly
                           Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year;
                           provided, however, that such election shall be made
                           by amending the Plan, and, once elected, may be
                           changed only as permitted by applicable law.

                                       19
<PAGE>
                  (c)      ADP AND ACP AGGREGATE LIMITS. If the Actual Deferral
                           Percentage test set forth in Section 3.5(a) is
                           satisfied pursuant to Section 3.5(a)(ii) and not
                           satisfied pursuant to Section 3.5(a)(i), Section
                           3.6(b)(ii) may be used to satisfy the Actual
                           Contribution Percentage test only to the extent that
                           either the "aggregate limit" is not violated or such
                           use is otherwise permitted by applicable law.

                           The aggregate limit is the greater of:

                           (i)      The sum of:

                                    (A)     125 percent of the greater of (1)
                                            the prior Plan Year's Actual
                                            Deferral Percentage of Active
                                            Participants who were Nonhighly
                                            Compensated Employees during such
                                            prior Plan Year; or (2) the prior
                                            Plan Year's Actual Contribution
                                            Percentage of Participants who were
                                            Nonhighly Compensated Employees
                                            during such prior Plan Year; and

                                    (B)     Two percentage points plus the
                                            lesser of (1) or (2) above, but in
                                            no event greater than 200 percent of
                                            the lesser of (1) or (2) above; or

                           (ii)     The sum of:

                                    (A)     125 percent of the lesser of (1) the
                                            prior Plan Year's Actual Deferral
                                            Percentage of Active Participants
                                            who were Nonhighly Compensated
                                            Employees during such prior Plan
                                            Year or (2) the prior Plan Year's
                                            Actual Contribution Percentage of
                                            Participants who were Nonhighly
                                            Compensated Employees during such
                                            prior Plan Year; and

                                    (B)     Two percentage points plus the
                                            greater of (1) or (2) above, but in
                                            no event greater than 200 percent of
                                            the greater of (1) or (2) above.

                           In the event that the conditions above for
                           consideration of the aggregate limit are satisfied
                           and the aggregate limit is exceeded, the Employer may
                           make Discretionary Contributions under Sections
                           3.5(b) or 3.6(d) or may reduce the Actual Deferral
                           Percentage and Actual Contribution Percentage of
                           Active Participants who are Highly Compensated
                           Employees in the manner set forth in Section 3.5(c)
                           or 3.6(e) respectively, in the following order as
                           specified under Treasury Regulation Section
                           1.401(m)-2(c) until the aggregate limit is satisfied:

                                    (aa)    Voluntary Contributions (and any
                                            income allocable to such
                                            contributions), if any;

                                       20
<PAGE>
                                    (bb)    Unmatched Deferral Contributions
                                            (and any income allocable to such
                                            contributions); and

                                    (cc)    Matched Deferral Contributions and
                                            the related Incentive Contributions
                                            (and any income allocable to such
                                            contributions) proportionately.

                           The contributions and income shall be distributed
                           within the respective time periods for distribution
                           of Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate
                           Contributions. Income, if any, shall be calculated
                           and the order of distribution among the Active
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
                           shall be as specified in Sections 3.5(c) and 3.6(e).

                           Notwithstanding the above, the Employer may elect to
                           use Actual Deferral Percentage and Actual
                           Contribution Percentage data for Nonhighly
                           Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year;
                           provided, however, that such election shall be made
                           by amending the Plan, and, once elected, may be
                           changed only as permitted by applicable law.

                  (d)      DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS.

                           (i)      The Plan Administrator shall determine on a
                                    timely basis after the end of a Plan Year
                                    whether the Actual Contribution Percentage
                                    test results satisfy either of the tests
                                    described in Section 3.6(b), as modified by
                                    Section 3.6(c). In the event neither test is
                                    satisfied, or in the event neither of the
                                    tests described in Section 3.5(a), as
                                    modified by Section 3.6(c), is satisfied,
                                    the Employer may elect to make a "qualified
                                    matching contribution" as defined in
                                    Treasury Regulation Section
                                    1.401(k)-1(g)(13), referred to herein as a
                                    Discretionary Contribution, and to use such
                                    contribution to pass such test. Such
                                    Discretionary Contribution shall be made
                                    with respect to the Plan Year as to which
                                    such test was not satisfied.

                           (ii)     The Discretionary Contribution shall first
                                    be allocated solely to the Discretionary
                                    Contribution Accounts of Nonhighly
                                    Compensated Employees whose Pay for the Plan
                                    Year was $15,000 or less, who made Deferral
                                    Contributions with respect to such Plan
                                    Year, and who were Active Participants on
                                    the last day of such Plan Year. Such
                                    Discretionary Contribution shall be
                                    allocated among the group of Participants
                                    identified above on a per capita basis
                                    (i.e., an equal dollar amount for each such
                                    Participant. The amount of any such
                                    Discretionary Contribution shall be such
                                    that the initially failed test described in
                                    (i) above is satisfied, but in no event
                                    shall

                                       21
<PAGE>
                                    any such Participant receive an allocation
                                    of greater than five hundred dollars ($500).

                           (iii)    In the event that, after making the maximum
                                    Discretionary Contribution permitted under
                                    (ii) above, the initially failed test
                                    described in (i) above is still not
                                    satisfied, and the Employer elects to make a
                                    further Discretionary Contribution, the
                                    process described in (ii) above may be
                                    repeated, with the same maximum allocation
                                    (i.e., $500) in effect, first with respect
                                    to such Participants whose Pay for the Plan
                                    Year was between $15,001 and $20,000, then
                                    (if necessary) with respect to such
                                    Participants whose Pay for the Plan Year was
                                    between $20,001 and $25,000, and finally (if
                                    necessary) with respect to such Participants
                                    whose Pay for the Plan Year was between
                                    $25,001 and $30,000, until the initially
                                    failed test is satisfied.

                           (iv)     Any Discretionary Contribution shall be made
                                    within the time period required by any
                                    applicable laws and regulations. Any
                                    Discretionary Contribution allocated
                                    pursuant to this subsection (b) shall be
                                    immediately vested as if it was a Deferral
                                    Contribution, and shall be subject to the
                                    same withdrawal restrictions as
                                    post-December 31, 1988 earnings on Deferral
                                    Contributions.

                   (e)     EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS. If the Employer does
                           not elect to make any Discretionary Contributions
                           pursuant to paragraph (d) above for a Plan Year in
                           which neither of the tests described in Section
                           3.6(b), as modified by Section 3.6(c), is satisfied,
                           the Plan Administrator may reduce the Incentive
                           Contributions of Active Participants who are Highly
                           Compensated Employees and distribute any Excess
                           Aggregate Contributions, and income allocable
                           thereto, as provided below. Excess Aggregate
                           Contributions shall mean the excess of (i) the
                           aggregate amount for the Plan Year of Incentive
                           Contributions and Deferral Contributions treated as
                           Incentive Contributions for purposes of the Actual
                           Contribution Percentage test which are actually paid
                           over to the Trust Fund on behalf of the Active
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                           such Plan Year; over (ii) the maximum amount of such
                           contributions permitted under Section 3.6(b), as
                           modified by Section 3.6(c), determined by reducing
                           the amount of such contributions for Highly
                           Compensated Employees in order of their Contribution
                           Percentages, beginning with the highest Contribution
                           Percentage, until the applicable test is satisfied.

                           Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall
                           be accomplished by reducing the Incentive
                           Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees,
                           beginning with the highest contributions (determined
                           by dollar amount) in the manner set forth in Section
                           401(m)(6)(C) of the Code, and continuing

                                       22
<PAGE>
                           until the total amount of Excess Aggregate
                           Contributions has been distributed.

                           Any amount so distributed shall be adjusted in
                           accordance with applicable regulations for income or
                           loss allocable thereto in respect of the Plan Year in
                           which such Excess 401(m) Contributions occurred. If
                           an Account from which such a distribution is to be
                           made is invested in more than one Investment Fund,
                           such distribution shall be made pro rata, to the
                           extent practicable, from all such Investment Funds.

                           The Excess Aggregate Contributions for any Plan Year,
                           as determined above, shall be distributed before the
                           last day of the next Plan Year.

                  (f)      DEDUCTIBILITY OF CONTRIBUTIONS. In no event shall the
                           contributions by the Employer under this Article III,
                           when combined with amounts contributed pursuant to
                           any other provisions of the Plan and any other plan
                           of the Employer qualified under Section 401(a) of the
                           Code, exceed the amount deductible pursuant to
                           Sections 404(a)(3)(A) or 404(a)(7) of the Code, or
                           any future Code provision limiting deductions with
                           respect to profit sharing plans.

                  (g)      PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AUTHORITY TO MONITOR TESTING. The
                           Plan Administrator shall monitor the Plan's
                           compliance with the limitations of the Actual
                           Deferral Percentage and Actual Contribution
                           Percentage tests and other applicable limitations and
                           shall have the power to take any and all steps it
                           deems necessary or appropriate to ensure compliance
                           with these limitations.

                  (h)      COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW. All determinations
                           and procedures with regard to the matters covered by
                           this Section 3.6 shall be in accordance with Section
                           401(m) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section
                           1.401(m)-1, including the provisions requiring
                           aggregate testing of plans that are permissively
                           aggregated for the purpose of satisfying the
                           requirements of Section 410(b) of the Code.

         3.7 TIME OF INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. Incentive Contributions shall be
made for each Plan Year within the time permitted by law.

         3.8 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS. An Eligible Employee may roll over to the
Plan all or any portion of the property such Employee receives from a plan
qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, in accordance with Section 18.6,
provided that (a) the rollover of such amounts to the Plan is permitted under
the Code; (b) the rollover to the Plan is completed within the applicable time
periods prescribed by the Code and subject to the applicable rules of the Code;
(c) no part of such transfer consists of after-tax contributions; and (d) such
rollover consists only of cash. Effective for rollovers made on or after January
1, 1994, each Employee's Rollover Contributions and the earnings thereon will be
accounted for separately. An Eligible Employee is not required to be an Active
Participant to be eligible to make a Rollover Contribution. In

                                       23
<PAGE>
addition, a Participant who is no longer an Eligible Employee may roll over to
the Plan an eligible rollover distribution from the Retirement Plan for
Employees of Aetna Services, Inc. and/or the Pension Plan for Employees of U.S.
Healthcare, Inc. pursuant to this Section 3.8 as if he or she were an Eligible
Employee at the time of the rollover.

         3.9 VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS.

                  (a)      An Active Participant may contribute on an after-tax
                           basis, as Voluntary Contributions to a Voluntary
                           Contribution Account, amounts from one percent (1%)
                           to five percent (5%) of Pay, in whole percentages,
                           pursuant to a written payroll deduction election
                           delivered to the Plan Administrator. An Active
                           Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee is
                           not permitted to contribute amounts on an after-tax
                           basis to the Plan as Voluntary Contributions but may
                           have a Voluntary Contribution Account with respect to
                           Voluntary Contributions that were made to the Plan
                           before January 1, 1989.

                  (b)      No Active Participant shall, as a condition of
                           participation or continued participation, be required
                           to make any Voluntary Contributions to this Plan. No
                           Voluntary Contributions shall be permitted from any
                           Active Participant during any period when the
                           Participant is absent from employment without pay or
                           otherwise not receiving Pay. In no event shall any
                           Voluntary Contributions be matched with Incentive
                           Contributions.

         3.10 WHEN VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS ARE MADE. Withholding of an Active
Participant's Voluntary Contributions shall begin as soon as practicable after
receipt of an election to withhold such amounts.

         3.11 CHANGES IN VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTION RATE. Subject to the limitations
stated in Section 3.9, an Active Participant may increase or decrease the rate
of Voluntary Contributions. Such increase or decrease shall become effective as
soon as practicable but in no event later than the first day of the second month
after the Participant files a change of election with the Plan Administrator. An
Active Participant shall be permitted to change such rate or resume such
contributions at any time upon notice to the Plan Administrator.

         3.12 DISCONTINUANCE OF VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS. An Active Participant
may at any time discontinue Voluntary Contributions. Subject to Section 3.11, an
Active Participant who discontinues Voluntary Contributions shall be permitted
to resume such contributions upon notice to the Plan Administrator. Any such
discontinuance or resumption of Voluntary Contributions shall become effective
as soon as practicable but in no event later than the first day of the second
month after the Active Participant files a change of election with the Plan
Administrator. Upon Termination from Service with an Employer, an Active
Participant's Voluntary Contributions to the Plan shall automatically cease.

                                       24
<PAGE>
         3.13 TRANSFER TO TRUST FUND. The Plan Administrator shall transfer to
the Trust Fund the Deferral Contributions and Voluntary Contributions of each
Active Participant as soon as practicable, but in any event within the period
required by applicable law and regulations.

                                       25
<PAGE>
                   ARTICLE IV - LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

         4.1 RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS. All Employer contributions under the Plan
are expressly conditioned upon the deductibility of such contributions under
Section 404 of the Code. Therefore, to the extent the deduction of a
contribution is disallowed, such contribution shall be returned to the Employer
within one (1) year after disallowance of the deduction. In addition, if the
Employer makes a contribution under a mistake of fact, such contribution shall
be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after the payment of the
contribution.

                  The amount of any contribution that may be returned under this
Section shall be equal to the excess of (a) the amount contributed over (b) the
amount that would have been contributed had there not been a mistake in
determining the amount of the allowable deduction or a mistake of fact. Earnings
attributable to the contribution to be returned may not be returned to the
Employer, but losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount to be returned.
Furthermore, the amount to be returned for a disallowed deduction or a mistake
of fact shall be limited to an amount such that no Participant's Account is
reduced to less than the amount which would have been in the Account had the
mistaken or nondeductible contribution not been made.

         4.2 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM EARNINGS AND PROFITS. Incentive Contributions
shall be made from Earnings or Profits. The Employer may make Incentive
Contributions in excess of Net Income to the extent that its accumulated
Earnings or Profits are sufficient to cover such excess contributions.

         4.3 MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITION. All contributions to the Plan are subject
to the limitations of Section 415 of the Code, which are incorporated herein by
reference. The maximum "Annual Addition" credited to a Participant's Account
during any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of (a) $30,000, as
Adjusted (or, if greater, 25% of the dollar limitation in effect under Section
415(b)(1)(A) of the Code ($90,000, as Adjusted)), or (b) 25% of the
Participant's compensation (as defined below) from the Employer and all
Affiliates during the Limitation Year.

                  For purposes of Sections 4.3 and 4.4, the term 'compensation'
shall mean wages as reported for purposes of federal income tax on Form W-2 and
in addition, effective January 1, 1998, elective deferrals as defined in Section
402(g)(3) of the Code and salary reduction contributions of the Participant not
includible in his or her gross income by reason of Section 125 of the Code.

                  For purposes of this Section, "Annual Addition" means, for
each Limitation Year, the sum of:

                  (a)      The contributions made by the Employer and all
                           Affiliates to any defined contribution plans, which
                           include Deferral Contributions (including any Excess
                           Contributions and Discretionary Contributions) and
                           Incentive Contributions (including any Excess
                           Aggregate Contributions and Discretionary
                           Contributions);

                                       26
<PAGE>
                  (b)      Any forfeitures allocable to any Participant with
                           respect to any defined contribution plans (as defined
                           in Section 414(i) of the Code) maintained by the
                           Employer or any Affiliate;

                  (c)      Any Voluntary Contributions and any other
                           contributions (other than Rollover Contributions)
                           made by a Participant to any such defined
                           contribution plans; and

                  (d)      Any amounts described in Sections 415(l)(1) or
                           419A(d)(2) of the Code.

                  If the limitations of this Section 4.3 are exceeded, the Plan
Administrator shall take the following steps to the extent necessary to correct
such error:

                  (i)      return of Voluntary Contributions to the affected
                           Participants;

                  (ii)     return of Unmatched Deferral Contributions to the
                           affected Participants; and

                  (iii)    return of Matched Deferral Contributions to the
                           affected Participants and forfeiture of related
                           Incentive Contributions equally. Forfeited Incentive
                           Contributions shall be applied to reduce future
                           Incentive Contributions.

         4.4 COMBINED LIMITS. The provisions of this Section are applicable only
through December 31, 1999. In the event any Participant is also a participant in
one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer or any Affiliate,
the sum of the defined benefit plan fraction and the defined contribution plan
fraction for any Limitation Year shall not exceed 1.0. The defined benefit plan
fraction for any Limitation Year is a fraction, the numerator of which is the
projected annual benefit of the Participant under such plans (determined as of
the close of the Limitation Year), and the denominator of which is the lesser of
(a) 100% of the average of the Participant's three highest years' compensation
multiplied by 140% or (b) the maximum dollar limitation for the Limitation Year
under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code multiplied by 125%. The defined
contribution plan fraction for any Limitation Year is a fraction, the numerator
of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's accounts under
any defined contribution plans as of the close of the Limitation Year and the
denominator of which is the sum of the maximum allowable amount of the Annual
Additions computed for the current Limitation Year and each prior Limitation
Year. Such maximum Annual Additions will be computed for each such Limitation
Year using the lesser of (a) 25% of the Participant's compensation for such year
multiplied by 140% or (b) $30,000, as Adjusted (or, if greater, 25% of the
dollar limitation in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code ($90,000, as
Adjusted)), multiplied by 125%. For the purpose of applying the limitations
contained in this Section, all defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated)
maintained by the Employer or any Affiliate shall be treated as one defined
benefit plan, and all defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated)
maintained by the Employer or any Affiliate shall be treated as one defined
contribution plan.

                                       27
<PAGE>
                  If the limitations of this Section 4.4 would be exceeded with
respect to any Participant, the Employer shall first reduce the annual benefit
otherwise payable to the Participant under any defined benefit plan of the
Employer and any Affiliate (but not below zero) so that the sum of the defined
benefit fraction and the defined contribution fraction equals 1.0. If such
adjustment is not sufficient to reduce the sum to 1.0, the Plan Administrator
shall make a corrective allocation as is necessary under this Plan in the manner
specified under Section 4.3 or any other defined contribution plan of the
Employer and any Affiliate in which the Participant participates, to reduce the
total amount of the Participant's Annual Additions so that the sum of the
defined benefit and defined contribution fractions equals 1.0.

         4.5 DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT AND TRANSMITTAL OF CONTRIBUTIONS. The
Employer shall be solely responsible for determining the amount that it may be
required to contribute under the terms of the Plan. In making its determination,
the Employer may rely upon estimates of Earnings and Profits by its principal
accounting officer or independent accountants. The Employer's determination of
the amount of any contributions shall be binding on all Participants,
Beneficiaries, the Trustee, and the Employer. In the event the Employer is
unable to determine the correct amount of its allowable Plan contribution within
the time required for payment, it shall pay an estimated amount, and any
deficiency shall be paid as soon as finally determined. The Trustee shall have
no duty to collect contributions under the Plan and shall be solely accountable
for monies or properties actually received by it. The Employer shall be solely
responsible for the transmittal of contributions to the Trustee.

                                       28
<PAGE>
                             ARTICLE V - INVESTMENTS

         5.1 RECEIPT OF CONTRIBUTIONS. All contributions received by the Trustee
shall become assets of the Trust Fund, to be held, invested, and distributed in
accordance with the terms of this Plan. All expenses chargeable to the Trust
Fund hereunder shall be paid as described in Section 14.5.

         5.2 INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS. Amounts held in a Participant's Account
shall be invested in accordance with the selection made by the Participant from
among the Investment Funds made available in accordance with the rules of this
Article V. The Plan Administrator shall inform the Trustee of the manner in
which all contributions to and assets of the Trust Fund are to be allocated
between the Investment Funds, pursuant to the elections of Participants. For
this purpose, the Plan Administrator shall aggregate all Participant elections
and notify the Trustee of the net results of such elections.

         5.3 INVESTMENT IN FUNDS. Each Active Participant may elect, as to
future contributions to be made to the Participant's Account, to invest such
contributions in one or more Investment Funds. Investment elections shall be
made by filing with the Plan Administrator a notice that shall remain in effect
for all subsequent periods until revised. The notice shall specify the whole
percentages of future contributions that the Participant elects to have invested
in the available Investment Funds, with the total not to exceed 100%.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, twenty-five percent (25%) of the
Incentive Contributions made with respect to Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees shall be invested in the Stock Account unless and until
the Participant makes a contrary election under Section 5.7.

         5.4 CHANGE OF INVESTMENT FUND. A Participant may, by request filed with
the Plan Administrator, alter the investment election for amounts held in the
Participant's Account and for future contributions in accordance with Sections
5.2, 5.3 and 5.7. The investment of amounts in a Participant's Incentive
Contribution Account may be altered, in a like manner, only for such
contributions made on or after January 1, 1984, except as otherwise provided
under Section 5.7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may impose
restrictions on the amount or percentage of a Participant's investment in any
Investment Fund that may be transferred to any other Investment Fund to the
extent that the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that such
restrictions are in the best interests of Plan Participants, generally. The Plan
Administrator shall notify Participants of such restrictions as promptly as
possible following the time the Company determines such restrictions are
appropriate or necessary. Any request under this Section shall be processed as
soon as practicable after the Plan Administrator's receipt of the Participant's
request, but in no event more than ninety (90) days later.

         5.5 TRUSTEE MAY HOLD AND DISTRIBUTE CASH. The Trustee may hold assets
of the Trust Fund and make distributions therefrom in the form of cash without
liability for interest, if for administrative purposes it becomes necessary or
practical to do so.

         5.6 PURCHASE OF STOCK; THE STOCK ACCOUNT.

                                       29
<PAGE>
                  (a)      Subject to the rules of Section 5.6(b), the Trustee
                           shall purchase Stock from or through such broker or
                           dealer, at such times, in such manner, and at such
                           price as the Trustee, in its sole discretion shall
                           determine. Such purchases may, in the Trustee's sole
                           discretion, be on the open market, through privately
                           negotiated transactions, or from treasury or
                           authorized but unissued Stock made available by the
                           Company for direct purchases. Purchase of treasury or
                           authorized but unissued Stock shall be at the
                           prevailing sales price for such Stock on the New York
                           Stock Exchange at the time of purchase by the
                           Trustee, as valued by the closing price on the New
                           York Stock Exchange for the day, and shall be subject
                           to any restrictions imposed by law.

                  (b)      A portion of the assets held in the Stock Account may
                           be held in cash or temporary investments, if the
                           Company directs that the Trustee is (i) to maintain a
                           pool of temporary investments to enable the movement
                           of assets into and out of the account to accommodate
                           Participant elections or (ii) to temporarily refrain
                           from making an investment in Stock because market
                           conditions are such that the Company determines such
                           investment could be disruptive or could not be
                           accomplished. The Company shall be solely responsible
                           for determining whether or not the investment in the
                           Stock is prudent.

                  (c)      The Trustee shall be permitted to net all purchases
                           and sales for the Stock Account; provided, however,
                           both sales and purchases will be at market value and
                           the books and records of the Trustee shall clearly
                           reflect such fact.

                  (d)      Should the Trustee for any reason be unable to
                           acquire or dispose of the Stock in the manner
                           provided by this Section, it shall notify the Plan
                           Administrator of such fact and shall thereafter make
                           no purchases or sales of Stock, until instructions
                           are received from the Company.

         5.7 STOCK ACCOUNTS - RETIREMENT PLANNING.

                  (a)      An Active Participant who has attained age forty-nine
                           (49) may elect to have all of the Incentive
                           Contributions made before January 1, 1984 and
                           earnings attributable thereto transferred from the
                           Stock Account to another Investment Fund. Thereafter,
                           the Participant may change the investment of such
                           amounts in accordance with Section 5.4, without
                           regard to this Section 5.7.

                  (b)      An Active Participant who prior to January 1, 1996
                           was classified as a Class seventy-eight (78) or
                           higher Employee and who has attained age forty-nine
                           (49) may elect to have all of the Incentive
                           Contributions made to the Stock Account under the
                           automatic investment feature in effect after December
                           31, 1983 and prior to January 1, 1996, and earnings
                           attributable

                                       30
<PAGE>
                           thereto transferred from the Stock Account to another
                           Investment Fund. Thereafter, the Participant may
                           change the investment of such amounts in accordance
                           with Section 5.4, without regard to this Section 5.7.

                  (c)      An Active Participant who is a Highly Compensated
                           Employee and who has attained age forty-nine (49) may
                           elect to have the twenty-five percent (25%) of
                           Incentive Contributions that are otherwise
                           automatically invested in the Stock Account directed
                           to another Investment Fund. Such Participant may also
                           elect to have all of the value of prior contributions
                           made to the Stock Account under the automatic
                           investment feature and earnings attributable thereto
                           transferred to another Investment Fund. Thereafter,
                           the Participant may change the investment of such
                           amounts in accordance with Section 5.4, without
                           regard to this Section 5.7.

                  (d)      A Participant who is not an Active Participant may
                           elect to have all of the Incentive Contributions
                           which were invested in the Stock Account under the
                           automatic investment feature transferred from the
                           Stock Account to another Investment Fund. Thereafter,
                           the Participant may change the investment of such
                           amounts in accordance with Section 5.4, without
                           regard to this Section 5.7.

                  (e)      Any request under this Section shall be processed as
                           soon as practicable after the Plan Administrator's
                           receipt of the Participant's request, but in no event
                           more than ninety (90) days later.

         5.8 CHANGE OF INVESTMENT FUNDS AND NOTICE REQUIREMENTS. From time to
time, the Company, in its sole discretion, may, by action of any Vice President
or Assistant Vice President charged with the responsibility for the
administration of the Plan, designate Investment Funds, withdraw the designation
of Investment Funds or change Investment Funds. Whenever any change in the
Investment Funds is contemplated, the Benefit Finance Committee shall advise the
Company regarding the selection of appropriate Investment Funds or the
appropriateness of any other change.

                                       31
<PAGE>
                      ARTICLE VI - ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS

         6.1 UNALLOCATED CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT. The Plan Administrator may
establish an Unallocated Contribution Account and credit such account with all
Incentive Contributions held by the Trustee before any allocation by the Plan
Administrator.

         6.2 ALLOCATION OF INVESTMENT EARNINGS. All investment earnings shall be
reinvested and credited in the same Investment Fund and Account in which they
are held. All contributions will be allocated to Participants' Accounts as soon
as practicable after their receipt in the Trust in accordance with the Plan's
contribution and allocation formulas.

                  All interest, dividend income, gains or losses, with respect
to Participants' Accounts, will be allocated to each Participant's Account as
soon as practicable after they accrue or arise in proportion to the Account
Value of the Participant's Account that is invested in the accumulation
facilities from which such interest, dividend income, gains, losses or expenses
accrue or arise.

         6.3 DETERMINATION OF VALUE. The Account Value of a Participant's
Account will be determined for each allocation, distribution or withdrawal, but
in no event will such determination be made less frequently than once each
month. The net value of each Investment Fund reduced by any investment fees or
expenses charged to Participants shall be determined by the Trustee by valuing
the assets other than cash at their fair market value on the Valuation Date and
deducting all expenses for which the Trustee has not received reimbursement from
the Employer or the Trust Fund, except that the Stock Account shall be valued
based on the closing price of the Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on any
Valuation Date.

                  (a)      In determining the fair market value of securities
                           other than Stock held in the Trust Fund, if such
                           securities are listed on a registered stock exchange
                           the Trustee shall value the securities at the prices
                           they were last traded on such exchange preceding the
                           close of business on the Valuation Date. Any unlisted
                           security held in the Trust Fund shall be valued at
                           its bid price next preceding the close of business on
                           the Valuation Date, which bid price shall be obtained
                           from a registered broker or an investment banker. In
                           determining the fair market value of assets other
                           than securities for which trading or bid prices can
                           be obtained, the Trustee shall appraise such assets
                           in the manner directed by the Company.

                  (b)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of any
                           Investment Fund maintained by the Insurer shall be
                           determined by the Insurer, and the Trustee shall
                           conclusively rely on the Insurer's valuation.

                                       32
<PAGE>
                              ARTICLE VII - VESTING

         7.1 ACCOUNTS OTHER THAN INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT. A Participant's
Account, other than such Participant's Incentive Contribution Account, shall be
100% vested at all times.

         7.2 INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT - PARTICIPANTS ON DECEMBER 31, 1998.
The Incentive Contribution Account of any Participant who was a Participant on
December 31, 1998 shall be 100% vested.

         7.3 INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT - PARTICIPANTS AFTER DECEMBER 31,
1999. Effective January 1, 1999, the Incentive Contribution Account of any
Participant that is not 100% vested pursuant to Section 7.2 shall be nonvested
and forfeitable until the occurrence of any of the following events, at which
time it shall become 100% vested:

         (a)      The Participant's Normal Retirement Date;

         (b)      The Participant's death while an Employee;

         (c)      The Participant's Disability while an Employee;

         (d)      The Employer discontinues contributions or terminates or
                  partially terminates the Plan as provided in Article XI
                  hereof.

         (e)      The Participant's satisfaction of the service requirement set
                  forth in whichever of the following schedules is applicable:

                  (i)   Participants first employed prior to January 1, 1999

                        Years of Vesting Service        Vesting Percentage

                              Less than 1                        0%
                                       1                       100%

                  (ii)  Participants first employed on or after January 1, 1999

                        Years of Vesting Service        Vesting Percentage

                              Less than 3                        0%
                                       3                       100%

         7.4 OCCURRENCE OF FORFEITURES. Except as more specifically provided
herein, a forfeiture of a Participant's non-vested interest, if any, shall occur
at the end of a Plan Year during which a Participant shall have incurred a
Period of Severance of 5 years or more. In the event that a Participant ceases
to be employed by the Employer and, before the end of the period set forth in
the preceding sentence, receives a lump-sum distribution of the vested portion
of the Participant's Account pursuant the terms of the Plan, then the portion of
the Participant's Account that is not vested shall be treated as a forfeiture as
of the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant ceased to be employed
by the Employer. If such former Participant later becomes an Employee and has
not, as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant

                                       33
<PAGE>
again becomes an Employee, incurred a Period of Severance of five years or more,
such Participant's Account will be restored to the dollar value it had on the
date of distribution if the Participant repays to the Plan the full amount of
the distribution within the earlier of (1) five years after the date in which
the Participant again becomes an Employee, or (2) the close of the first period
of five consecutive Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution. For
purposes of this Section:

                  (a)      in accordance with Section 1.401(k)-1(c)(1)(ii) of
                           the Treasury Regulations, a Participant's Deferral
                           Account shall be treated separately from the
                           remainder of the Participant's Account, and the rules
                           of this Section shall be applied to each such portion
                           as if it were the entire Account; and

                  (b)      with respect to each portion referred to in (a)
                           above, if a Participant has no vested interest, the
                           Participant shall be deemed to have received a
                           distribution as of the last day of the Plan Year in
                           which the Participant ceased to be employed, and
                           shall be deemed to have immediately repaid such
                           distribution to the Plan in the event the Participant
                           later becomes an Employee prior to incurring a Period
                           of Severance of five years or more.

         7.5 FORFEITURES USED FOR INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. Forfeitures arising
during a Plan Year shall be used by the Employer to fund its Incentive
Contributions to the Plan for such Plan Year and, if any forfeitures still
remain, for subsequent Plan Years.

                                       34
<PAGE>
                  ARTICLE VIII - DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANTS

         8.1 TIME OF DISTRIBUTION.

                  (a)      GENERAL. Except as otherwise provided in Article IX
                           and subsection (b), distribution of a Participant's
                           vested Account Value shall be made only following the
                           Participant's Termination from Service, termination
                           of the Plan or as described in Sections 8.8(a)(iii)
                           and (iv). Except for a distribution pursuant to
                           termination of the Plan, which may be delayed in the
                           discretion of the Plan Administrator until after
                           receipt of Internal Revenue Service approval,
                           distributions to a Participant or Beneficiary shall
                           be made or begun as soon as administratively feasible
                           following the Valuation Date as of which the
                           distribution is requested in writing by the
                           Participant.

                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither a Participant
                           nor a Beneficiary shall receive a distribution as of
                           a Valuation Date more than ninety (90) days or less
                           than thirty (30) days after the Plan Administrator
                           has provided the Participant the written notice
                           described in Section 8.6; provided, however, that the
                           Participant may waive the 30-day period in accordance
                           with Section 8.6(d). The Valuation Date referred to
                           in this paragraph shall be deemed the Annuity
                           Starting Date. In addition, unless a Participant
                           otherwise elects to defer distribution to a date no
                           later than permitted under Section 8.1(b),
                           distribution of a Participant's vested Account Value
                           shall be made or begun not later than sixty (60) days
                           after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest
                           of the following occurs: (i) the Participant's
                           attainment of Normal Retirement Age, (ii) the 10th
                           anniversary of the Participant's commencement of
                           participation in the Plan, or (iii) the Participant's
                           Termination from Service. A Participant who does not
                           make a request in writing for commencement of
                           benefits by such date shall be deemed to have elected
                           to defer distribution.

                  (b)      MINIMUM REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS.

                           (i)      Notwithstanding any other provision of the
                                    Plan to the contrary, (1) Participants who
                                    attained age seventy and one-half (70-1/2)
                                    before January 1, 1988 and whose Termination
                                    from Service did not occur before January 1,
                                    1988, shall have distribution of their
                                    vested Account Value made or begun not later
                                    than the April 1st following the calendar
                                    year of the Participant's Termination from
                                    Service; provided, however, that any such
                                    Participant may elect to begin receiving
                                    distribution on or after the April 1st
                                    following the calendar year in which the
                                    Participant attained age seventy and
                                    one-half (70-1/2) even though such
                                    distribution precedes the Participant's
                                    Termination from Service; and (2) the
                                    distribution of

                                       35
<PAGE>
                                    any other Participant's vested Account Value
                                    (regardless of whether such Participant is
                                    an Employee) shall be made or begun not
                                    later than the April 1st following the
                                    calendar year in which the Participant
                                    attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2).
                                    Benefit payments under this subsection shall
                                    be calculated on the basis of the
                                    Participant's life expectancy, or at the
                                    option of the Participant, on the basis of
                                    the joint life expectancies of the
                                    Participant and his or her Beneficiary, all
                                    in accordance with the applicable
                                    regulations; provided, however, that,
                                    effective October 1, 1994, the Participant
                                    must obtain spousal consent in the manner
                                    described in Section 8.7 in order to elect
                                    distribution over joint life expectancies of
                                    the Participant and a Beneficiary other than
                                    his or her Spouse. Life expectancies of
                                    Participants and their Spouse Beneficiaries
                                    shall be recalculated annually. A
                                    Participant may elect the time during the
                                    year at which such minimum benefit payments
                                    will be made and, if no election is made,
                                    such payments will be made during the last
                                    month in which such minimum distribution is
                                    required to be made or at such other time
                                    determined by the Plan Administrator in its
                                    sole discretion, but no earlier than six
                                    months prior to the last month in which the
                                    distribution is required.

                           (ii)     A Participant whose Termination from Service
                                    precedes the attainment of age 70-1/2 may
                                    defer distribution of the payment of any
                                    benefits until the April 1st following the
                                    calendar year in which the Participant
                                    attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2),
                                    at which time benefit payments shall
                                    commence as provided above unless and until
                                    the Participant elects to begin distribution
                                    in accordance with Section 8.6. Until a
                                    Participant elects a form of distribution
                                    under Section 8.5 and 8.6, the Participant
                                    may (1) request up to three (3) withdrawals
                                    each Plan Year (exclusive of any
                                    distribution during the Plan Year pursuant
                                    to Section 8.1(b)), and (2) alter investment
                                    elections in accordance with the rules of
                                    Article V. Any request for withdrawal must
                                    be in writing and must be filed with the
                                    Plan Administrator in accordance with
                                    Article IX.

                           (iii)    In the case of a Participant who has a Money
                                    Purchase Account, all distributions made
                                    pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) above
                                    shall be subject to the notice and spousal
                                    consent requirements of Sections 8.6 and
                                    8.7. If a married Participant and his or her
                                    Spouse do not consent to a distribution as
                                    described in paragraphs (i) or (ii),
                                    distribution of the Participant's Money
                                    Purchase Account shall commence in the form
                                    of a qualified joint and fifty percent (50%)
                                    survivor annuity with his or her Spouse (or,
                                    if the Participant's Money Purchase Account
                                    is attributable to a money purchase plan
                                    under which the normal form of distribution
                                    was a qualified joint   and one hundred
                                    percent (100%) survivor annuity, a qualified
                                    joint and one hundred

                                       36

<PAGE>
                                    percent (100%) survivor annuity with the
                                    Spouse). If a single Participant does not
                                    consent to a distribution as described in
                                    paragraphs (i) and (ii), distribution of the
                                    Participant's Money Purchase Account shall
                                    commence in the form of a single life
                                    annuity.

                           (iv)     The Plan shall be interpreted and
                                    administered in accordance with Section
                                    401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
                                    thereunder (including without limitation,
                                    Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2),
                                    which provisions shall control in the event
                                    of any conflict with the terms of the Plan.

                           (v)      Withdrawals under this Section 8.1(b) shall
                                    be drawn from a Participant's Accounts in
                                    the following order: Voluntary Account,
                                    Rollover Account, Post-1983 Incentive
                                    Contribution Account other than any portion
                                    automatically invested in Stock, remaining
                                    Post-1983 Incentive Contribution Account,
                                    Pre-1984 Incentive Contribution Account,
                                    Post-1983 Deferral Account, Post-1986
                                    Incentive Contribution Account other than
                                    any portion automatically invested in Stock,
                                    remaining Post-1986 Incentive Contribution
                                    Account, Post-1986 Deferral Account
                                    attributable to Unmatched Deferral
                                    Contributions, Post-1986 Deferral Account
                                    attributable to Matched Deferral
                                    Contributions, and Money Purchase Account.

                  Subject to the above, withdrawals shall be charged pro rata
against a Participant's investments in the available Investment Funds.

         8.2 DISTRIBUTION UPON PARTICIPANT'S TERMINATION FROM SERVICE FOR
REASONS OTHER THAN DEATH OR DISABILITY. A Participant whose Termination from
Service is the result of reasons other than death or Disability may elect to
have his or her vested Account Value distributed as provided in Section 8.1. The
form of such distribution shall be determined in accordance with the election of
the Participant under Section 8.5.

         8.3 DISTRIBUTION UPON DEATH OF PARTICIPANT. Upon the death of a
Participant before distribution of the Participant's vested Account Value has
been made or begun, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to
distribute all assets allocated to and held in the Participant's Account in the
manner specified under the provisions of Article X. Upon the death of a
Participant following the time the distribution of the Participant's vested
Account Value has been made or begun (a) under Section 8.6, death benefits shall
be payable only as provided under the form of distribution being used, or (b)
under Section 8.1(b), death benefits shall be payable in accordance with Section
8.1(b) or in the manner specified under Article X, but in no event in a manner
that provides for payments less rapidly than payments were being made to the
Participant.

                                       37
<PAGE>
         8.4 DISTRIBUTION UPON DISABILITY OF PARTICIPANT. A Participant whose
Termination from Service is the result of a total and permanent Disability may
elect to have his or her vested Account Value distributed as provided in Section
8.1. The form of distribution shall be determined in accordance with Sections
8.5 and 8.6. A Participant's Termination from Service by reason of Disability
shall be deemed to occur on the date the Plan Administrator makes a
determination that the Participant has incurred a Disability.

         8.5 FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.

                  (a)      Subject to the rules regarding the manner of making
                           an election set forth in Section 8.6 and the rules of
                           Section 8.1(b), a Participant may elect to have his
                           or her vested Account Value distributed in any of the
                           following forms of distribution:

                           (i)      a joint and survivor annuity under which the
                                    Participant will receive an actuarially
                                    reduced monthly benefit during his or her
                                    lifetime with such payments to continue
                                    after the Participant's death to a
                                    Beneficiary designated by the Participant as
                                    a monthly benefit in the amount of 50%,
                                    66-2/3%, 75% or 100% of the monthly benefit
                                    received by the Participant during his or
                                    her lifetime;

                           (ii)     an annuity, payable monthly for the life of
                                    the Participant, with no benefits paid
                                    thereafter;

                           (iii)    payment to the Participant of an actuarially
                                    reduced monthly benefit for the life of the
                                    Participant, with benefit payments
                                    guaranteed to the Participant or the
                                    Participant's Beneficiary for either one
                                    hundred eighty, one hundred twenty or sixty
                                    months;

                           (iv)     monthly installments for one hundred eighty,
                                    one hundred twenty or sixty months, with any
                                    unpaid amounts at the Participant's death
                                    paid to the Participant's Beneficiary in a
                                    lump sum;

                           (v)      annual installments for fifteen, ten or five
                                    years, with any unpaid amounts at the
                                    Participant's death paid to the
                                    Participant's Beneficiary in a lump sum;

                           (vi)     a cash lump sum;

                           (vii)    a lump sum payment of some or all of the
                                    Participant's Stock Account Value in kind,
                                    by issuance of Stock, with any fractional or
                                    remaining shares of Stock paid in cash;

                           (viii)   a combination of the above.

                                       38
<PAGE>
                  (b)      In the event a Participant elects to receive his or
                           her vested Account Value in more than one of the
                           above forms of distribution, the Participant shall
                           specify the dollar amount or percentage of the vested
                           Account Value to be paid in each form of
                           distribution. In the event a Participant elects to
                           receive any portion of his or her vested Account
                           Value in installments, the installments shall be
                           provided from a Group Annuity Contract or individual
                           annuity contract purchased from the Insurer.

         8.6      ELECTION OF FORM OF DISTRIBUTION.

                  (a)      When a Participant requests that distribution begin,
                           the Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant
                           in writing of each of the optional forms of
                           distribution that the Participant may elect. The
                           notice shall be given within no more than 90 days and
                           no less than 30 days before the Annuity Starting
                           Date. The notice shall also provide, in nontechnical
                           language, a general explanation stating that:

                           (i)      a Participant who is married on the date of
                                    distribution must obtain spousal consent to
                                    elect a form of benefit other than a
                                    qualified joint and survivor annuity with
                                    his or her Spouse under Option (i) of
                                    Section 8.5(a) above;

                           (ii)     the normal form of distribution for a
                                    Participant who has a Money Purchase Account
                                    shall be a single life annuity, if the
                                    Participant is single or a qualified joint
                                    and fifty percent (50%) survivor annuity
                                    with his or her Spouse if the Participant is
                                    married (or, if the Participant's Money
                                    Purchase Account is attributable to a money
                                    purchase plan under which the normal form of
                                    distribution was a qualified joint and one
                                    hundred percent (100%) survivor annuity, a
                                    qualified joint and one hundred percent
                                    (100%) survivor annuity with his or her
                                    Spouse);

                           (iii)    a Participant who has a Money Purchase
                                    Account and who is not married on the date
                                    of distribution must consent in writing to
                                    receive a form of benefit other than a
                                    single life annuity with respect to the
                                    Money Purchase Account; and

                           (iv)     if the Participant files a written request
                                    as provided below, the Participant shall be
                                    furnished with a further written
                                    explanation.

                           The explanation provided by this paragraph (a) shall
                           inform the Participant of the general effect of such
                           election, the means of exercising such election and
                           the right to revoke, and the effect of a revocation
                           of, such election.

                                       39
<PAGE>
                           If a Participant to whom the general explanation
                           described above is furnished files a written request
                           with the Plan Administrator within 60 days after such
                           general explanation is first mailed or delivered to
                           the Participant, the Plan Administrator shall furnish
                           such Participant with a written explanation in
                           nontechnical language of the terms and conditions of
                           the joint and fifty percent (50%) survivor annuity
                           (or joint and one hundred percent (100%) survivor
                           annuity) with his or her Spouse or life annuity, as
                           applicable, and the financial effect upon such
                           Participant of any election of an optional form of
                           distribution under Section 8.5(a).

                  (b)      A Participant shall elect the form of distribution by
                           filing a written election with the Plan Administrator
                           not more than ninety (90) days before the Annuity
                           Starting Date. Any election under this Section may be
                           revoked in writing before the end of the election
                           period referred to above. If a Participant makes an
                           election to receive distribution in a form other than
                           a qualified joint and survivor annuity with his or
                           her Spouse, any such election must be consented to by
                           the Participant's Spouse, if any, as provided herein.
                           No election pursuant to this Section shall be
                           effective unless made in writing on forms
                           satisfactory to the Plan Administrator and filed with
                           the Plan Administrator before the end of the election
                           period.

                  (c)      If the Plan Administrator is not able to provide
                           notice as described in this Section 8.6 to a
                           Participant at least thirty (30) days prior to the
                           Participant's Annuity Starting Date, then, subject to
                           the rules of subsection (d), the Participant's
                           Annuity Starting Date shall be delayed until the
                           first day of the month on or next following the date
                           which is thirty (30) days after the date the
                           Participant receives the notice. In that event, the
                           benefit payable to the Participant shall be adjusted
                           to reflect the delayed commencement of benefits.

                  (d)      Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 8.6,
                           the Participant's Annuity Starting Date shall not be
                           delayed if the following requirements are met: (i)
                           the Plan Administrator provides the Participant with
                           the notice described in this Section 8.4 at least
                           eight (8) days before the Annuity Starting Date, (ii)
                           the Participant is clearly informed of the
                           Participant has the right to consider for at least
                           thirty (30) days whether to receive payment of
                           benefits in the form applicable under this Article or
                           an optional form and whether to defer commencement of
                           benefits, if applicable, and (iii) no later than the
                           Annuity Starting Date, the Participant waives the
                           right to the thirty (30) day minimum election period
                           and elects a form of benefit.

         8.7 SPOUSAL CONSENT REQUIREMENTS.

                  (a)      When a Participant who has a Spouse elects, subject
                           to the Spouse's consent, a payment option other than
                           a qualified joint and survivor annuity

                                       40
<PAGE>
                           with his or her spouse, as described in option (i) of
                           Section 8.5(a) or, in such other circumstances where
                           the terms of this Plan require that the consent of a
                           Participant's Spouse be obtained, the Participant's
                           Spouse's consent shall be valid only if it: (1) is in
                           writing; (2) is witnessed by a notary public; (3)
                           contains an acknowledgment by such Spouse of the
                           effect of the consent and the election of the Spouse;
                           and (4) designates a Beneficiary and the form of
                           benefits, neither of which may be changed without the
                           further consent of the Spouse, unless such initial
                           consent (i) specifically permits designations by the
                           Participant without any requirement of further
                           consent of the Spouse or (ii) acknowledges that the
                           Spouse has the right to limit the consent to the
                           specific beneficiary or form of benefits and that the
                           Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or
                           both of such rights.

                  (b)      The consent of a Participant's Spouse shall not be
                           required in any of the following events: (1) the
                           Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the
                           Plan representative that he or she has no Spouse or
                           that the Spouse cannot be located; (2) the
                           Participant is legally separated or has been
                           abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the
                           Participant has a court order establishing such legal
                           separation or abandonment (unless a QDRO requires the
                           Spouse's consent); (3) the form of benefit elected
                           provides a qualified joint and survivor annuity
                           (within the meaning of Section 417(b) of the Code) to
                           the Participant and the Spouse; or (4) such other
                           circumstances as may be permitted under applicable
                           Treasury Department regulations have occurred with
                           respect to the Participant. If a Participant's Spouse
                           is legally incompetent to give consent, the Spouse's
                           legal guardian may give consent.

         8.8 ANNUITY NONTRANSFERABLE. Any annuity issued to a Participant or
Beneficiary under the terms of this Plan shall be endorsed nontransferable.

         8.9 DISTRIBUTION WHERE NO ELECTION BY PARTICIPANT. The Plan
Administrator will make a reasonable attempt to elicit an election as to the
form and timing of distributions. If following the Participant's Termination
from Service no such election is made, distribution shall be made in the manner
and as of the Participant's required beginning date determined under Section
8.1(b). In the event distribution is to be made under this Article in the form
of a qualified joint and fifty percent (50%) survivor annuity or a qualified
joint and one hundred percent (100%) survivor annuity and the Plan Administrator
has not received information regarding the age of a Participant's Spouse that is
satisfactory to the Plan Administrator, it shall be assumed that the Spouse is
ten (10) years younger than the Participant.

         8.10     LIMIT ON DISTRIBUTION OF DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS.

                  (a)      Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to
                           the contrary, no distribution shall be made from a
                           Participant's Deferral Account before:

                                       41
<PAGE>
                           (i)      Termination from Service, provided however,
                                    that a distribution may not be made on
                                    account of Termination from Service if such
                                    distribution would fail to comply with
                                    Section 401(k)(2)(B) of the Code;

                           (ii)     termination of the Plan without
                                    establishment or maintenance of another
                                    defined contribution plan (other than an
                                    employer stock ownership plan as defined in
                                    Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code);

                           (iii)    the disposition by an Employer of
                                    substantially all of the assets (within the
                                    meaning of Section 409(d)(2) of the Code)
                                    used by the Employer in a trade or business
                                    of the Employer, but only with respect to an
                                    Employee who continues employment with the
                                    corporation acquiring such assets;

                           (iv)     the disposition by an Employer of its
                                    interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning
                                    Section 409(d)(3) of the Code), but only
                                    with respect to an Employee who continues
                                    employment with such subsidiary;

                           (v)      the attainment of age fifty-nine and
                                    one-half (59-1/2) by the Participant; or

                           (vi)     in the case of the Deferral Contributions
                                    (but not earnings thereon credited after
                                    December 31, 1988), the Participant
                                    experiences a Hardship, as defined in
                                    Section 9.3 below.

                  (b)      With regard to subparts (ii), (iii) and (iv) of
                           paragraph (a) above, any distribution must be a lump
                           sum distribution (as defined in Section
                           401(k)(10)(B)(ii)). With regard to subparts (iii) and
                           (iv) of paragraph (a) above, such event shall be
                           deemed covered by such subpart only if the Employer
                           continues to maintain the Plan after the disposition.
                           The foregoing limitations on distributions are
                           intended to comply with the requirements of Section
                           401(k)(2)(B) of the Code and shall be interpreted in
                           accordance with such Section and Treasury Regulation
                           Sections 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) through (6).

         8.11 SMALL ACCOUNT VALUES; LUMP SUM CASH-OUT. If, upon a Participant's
Termination from Service Date, or on an annual basis thereafter, or at the time
of any distribution from the Plan, the Participant's vested Account Value is not
in excess of five thousand dollars ($5,000) (or such greater amount as permitted
under the Code), the Plan, to the extent permitted by law and applicable
regulations, shall make a single lump sum payment to the Participant or
Beneficiary entitled to such benefit. In the event the vested Account Value is
not in excess of such dollar limitation at the time the Plan Administrator
initially determines to pay the benefit, but the benefit is not immediately paid
because the Participant (or Beneficiary) cannot be located or there is an
administrative delay in making payment, distribution shall be made to the

                                       42
<PAGE>
Participant (or Beneficiary) in a lump sum at such time as the Plan
Administrator locates the Participant (or Beneficiary) or the issue causing the
administrative delay is resolved, provided that the Participant's vested Account
Value at that time is not in excess of the dollar limit. For purposes of this
Section, in accordance with Section 1.401(k)-1(c)(1)(ii) of the Treasury
Regulations, a Participant's Deferral Account shall be treated separately from
the remainder of the Participant's Account, and the rules of this Section shall
be applied to each such portion as if it were the entire Account. This Section
shall not apply to any Participant who is repaying a loan by personal check
pursuant to Section 9.7(g)(ii), until the earlier of the date on which the loan
is repaid in full or the date on which the Participant's entire loan balance
becomes due and payable as a result of nonpayment.

         8.12 PROCEDURE FOR MISSING PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES. The Plan
Administrator must use all reasonable measures to locate Participants or
Beneficiaries who are entitled to distributions from the Plan. In the event that
the Plan Administrator cannot locate a Participant or Beneficiary who is
entitled to a distribution from the Plan after using all reasonable measures to
locate him or her, the Plan Administrator shall, after the expiration of 2 years
after the benefit becomes payable, treat the amount distributable as a
forfeiture in accordance with Section 7.4 and allocate it in accordance with the
terms of the Plan. If the Participant or Beneficiary is later located, the Plan
Administrator shall restore to the Plan the amount forfeited, without interest.

                                       43
<PAGE>
                       ARTICLE IX - WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

         9.1 WITHDRAWALS FROM VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTION AND ROLLOVER ACCOUNTS. A
Participant may withdraw all or part of the value of the Voluntary Contribution
or Rollover Account for any reason after providing notice to the Plan
Administrator of up to thirty (30) days as required by the Plan Administrator.
Such notice shall be in writing and shall specify the value to be withdrawn in
terms of dollars or a percentage of the Voluntary Contribution or Rollover
Account Value.

         9.2 WITHDRAWALS FROM DEFERRAL AND INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS. A
Participant may not make withdrawals from the Deferral Account or the Incentive
Contribution Account before Termination from Service, except: (a) upon
attainment of age 59-1/2; or (b) in the event of Hardship as provided in Section
9.3. No withdrawals may be made from the Incentive Contribution Account until
the Participant is vested in accordance with the provisions of Article VII.

         9.3 HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS.

                  (a)      In the event of Hardship (as defined below) and upon
                           notice of up to thirty (30) days to the Plan
                           Administrator as required by the Plan Administrator,
                           a Participant shall have the right to withdraw the
                           amount necessary to relieve the Hardship from (i) the
                           Deferral Account accumulated after December 31, 1986
                           (provided, that earnings after December 31, 1988 on
                           Deferral Contributions may not be withdrawn), and
                           (ii) the portion of the Incentive Contribution
                           Account attributable to contributions made from
                           January 1, 1984 through December 31, 1986 and
                           earnings on such amounts.

                  (b)      For the purposes of this Section 9.3, a "Hardship"
                           shall be deemed to exist if, and only if, such
                           Participant experiences an immediate and heavy
                           financial need (as defined in (c) below) and the
                           withdrawal is necessary to satisfy the financial need
                           of the Participant (as defined in (d) below).

                  (c)      A Participant will be deemed to experience an
                           immediate and heavy financial need if, and only if,
                           the withdrawal is required for one of the following
                           reasons:

                           (i)      payment of otherwise unreimbursable expenses
                                    for medical care described in Section 213(d)
                                    of the Code previously incurred by the
                                    Participant, the Participant's spouse, or
                                    any dependents of the Participant (as
                                    defined in Section 152 of the Code) or
                                    necessary for such persons to obtain such
                                    medical care;

                                       44
<PAGE>
                           (ii)     purchase of a lot on which to build the
                                    Participant's principal residence if
                                    construction will begin within six (6)
                                    months of the purchase of the lot;

                           (iii)    payment of post-secondary educational
                                    expenses of the Participant or the
                                    Participant's spouse, children or dependents
                                    (as defined in Section 152 of the Code) for
                                    the next semester or quarter, and, effective
                                    August 8, 1991, for the next twelve (12)
                                    months;

                           (iv)     payment of amounts necessary to prevent the
                                    eviction of the Participant from his or her
                                    principal residence or foreclosure on the
                                    mortgage on the Participant's principal
                                    residence;

                           (v)      purchase (excluding mortgage payments) or
                                    construction of Participant's principal
                                    residence if such request is received before
                                    closing;

                           (vi)     payment of expenses related to the adoption
                                    of a child by the Participant; or

                           (vii)    payment of expenses related to the death of
                                    a member of the Participant's immediate
                                    family. For purposes of this Section, a
                                    member of the Participant's immediate family
                                    shall include the Participant's Spouse and
                                    the Participant's lineal ascendants or
                                    descendants, as well as any other person who
                                    raised the Participant or the Participant's
                                    Spouse or was raised by the Participant.

                  (d)      A withdrawal will be deemed necessary to satisfy the
                           financial need of a Participant if, and only if:

                           (i)      the withdrawal is not in excess of the
                                    amount of the immediate and heavy financial
                                    need of the Participant. The amount of the
                                    immediate and heavy financial need may
                                    include any amounts necessary to pay any
                                    federal, state, or local income taxes or
                                    penalties reasonably anticipated to result
                                    from the distribution; and

                           (ii)     the Participant represents and certifies to
                                    the Plan Administrator in writing that the
                                    financial need cannot be met with other
                                    funds reasonably available to the
                                    Participant, the Participant's Spouse or the
                                    Participant's minor children including:

                                    (A)      through reimbursement or
                                             compensation by insurance or
                                             otherwise;

                                    (B)      by reasonable liquidation of the
                                             Participant's assets without
                                             creating another immediate and
                                             heavy financial need;

                                       45
<PAGE>
                                    (C)      by cessation of Deferral and
                                             Voluntary Contributions to this
                                             Plan; and

                                    (D)      by other distributions or
                                             nontaxable (at the time of the
                                             loan) loans from plans maintained
                                             by the Employer including this
                                             Plan, or by any other employer, or
                                             by borrowing from commercial
                                             sources on reasonable commercial
                                             terms in an amount sufficient to
                                             satisfy the need.

         9.4 TIMING OF WITHDRAWALS. No more than three (3) withdrawals of any
kind may be made within any calendar year.

         9.5 DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS WITHDRAWN. Upon receipt of the Plan
Administrator's approval of a request for withdrawal in accordance with the
provisions of Sections 9.1, 9.2 or 9.3, the Trustee shall, to the extent
necessary, and in accordance with directions provided by the Plan Administrator,
convert Account assets to cash and distribute the requested amount to the
Participant. Any conversion to cash pursuant to this provision shall be made by
converting the portion of the Participant's Account Value equal to the amount of
the withdrawal invested in each Investment Fund pro rata.

                  Withdrawals shall be made from the Participant's Accounts in
the following order: (1) Voluntary Contribution Account, (2) Rollover Account,
(3) Incentive Contribution Account, and (4) Deferral Account.

         9.6 CONSENT TO WITHDRAWALS. If a Participant is married as of the
effective date of a withdrawal, any withdrawal shall require the written consent
of the Participant's Spouse in the same manner as provided for in Section 8.7,
except that clause (4) of Section 8.7(a) shall not apply. A Participant may not
receive a withdrawal on a date more than 90 days or less than 30 days after the
Plan Administrator has provided the Participant with a withdrawal form and with
the information set forth in Section 8.6(a), except as provided in Section
8.6(d).

         9.7 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS.

                  (a)      An Active Participant receiving a regular paycheck
                           from the Employer may apply for one or more loans
                           from the Plan. A Participant who is on leave (with or
                           without pay) or who is receiving long-term disability
                           benefits or severance pay, as well as retirees,
                           temporary employees and beneficiaries, may not apply
                           for a loan. Subject to limitations described herein,
                           loans shall be approved by the Plan Administrator or
                           its designees in their sole discretion. In no event
                           shall the amount of the loan be less than $1,000, and
                           the amount of the loan, when added to the aggregate
                           amount of all Plan loans to the Participant then
                           outstanding, may not exceed the lesser of:

                                       46
<PAGE>
                           (i)      $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of
                                    (A) the highest outstanding balance of loans
                                    from the Plan during the one-year period
                                    ending on the day before the date on which
                                    such loan was made, over (B) the outstanding
                                    balance of loans from the Plan on the date
                                    on which such loan was made; or

                           (ii)     one-half of the Participant's vested Account
                                    Value on the date of the loan.

                  (b)      Loans made to Participants for purposes other than
                           for the purchase of the Participant's principal
                           residence shall be for terms of not less than one (1)
                           nor more than five (5) years. Loans made to
                           Participants for the purchase of the Participant's
                           principal residence shall be for terms of not less
                           than one (1) nor more than thirty (30) years.
                           Effective January 1, 1999, a Participant shall only
                           be permitted to have outstanding one (1) principal
                           residence loan and one (1) general purpose loan.
                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who had
                           one or more general purpose loans outstanding on
                           December 31, 1998 shall be permitted to have two (2)
                           general purpose loans outstanding until the last of
                           such pre-January 1, 1999 general purpose loans has
                           been paid off.

                  (c)      Any loan to a Participant hereunder shall be
                           considered an investment of the Participant's
                           Account, and loan funds will be drawn from the
                           following portions of the Participant's total Account
                           in the following order: Money Purchase Account, the
                           portion of the Participant's Post-1986 Incentive
                           Contribution Account automatically invested in the
                           Stock Account as provided under Section 5.3, the
                           remaining Post-1986 Incentive Contribution Account,
                           Post-1983 Deferral Account, Post-1986 Deferral
                           Account attributable to Unmatched Deferral
                           Contributions, remaining Post-1986 Deferral Account,
                           Pre-1984 Incentive Contribution Account, the portion
                           of the Participant's Pre-1987 Incentive Contribution
                           Account automatically invested in the Stock Account
                           as provided under Section 5.3, the remaining
                           Post-1987 Incentive Contribution Account, Voluntary
                           Contribution Account, and Rollover Account. Subject
                           to the schedule in the preceding sentence, funds for
                           a loan will be obtained by liquidating the
                           Participant's interest in the various Investment
                           Funds in which the Participant's Accounts are
                           invested pro rata.

                           The loan shall bear interest for the period the loan
                           is outstanding based on a fixed monthly interest rate
                           that reflects a reasonably competitive interest rate
                           that would be charged for similar collateralized
                           loans in accordance with Department of Labor
                           Regulations Section 2550.408b-1. The interest rate
                           for loans under the Plan shall be equal to the prime
                           interest rate stated in The Wall Street Journal for
                           the last working day of the month preceding the date
                           of the loan plus 1%. The interest rate in effect for
                           the entire term of the loan will be the rate in
                           effect at the time the Plan Administrator

                                       47
<PAGE>
                           receives the loan application. The applicable
                           interest rate shall be set forth in the loan
                           agreement. The Plan Administrator shall provide any
                           Participant who requests a loan with disclosure of
                           interest rate information required by Regulation Z of
                           the Federal Reserve Board promulgated pursuant to the
                           Truth in Lending Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 1601, et seq.

                  (d)      As security for such loan, the Participant shall
                           pledge the portion of his or her Account Value
                           represented by the loan and earnings thereon (as set
                           forth in the promissory note representing the loan).
                           The Plan Administrator shall have the rights of a
                           secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code
                           and otherwise at law with respect to any portion of
                           the Participant's Account pledged as security. If any
                           amount is outstanding upon the occurrence of an event
                           giving rise to a withdrawal or distribution under
                           this Plan and such withdrawal or distribution would
                           require distribution of a secured portion of the
                           Account, the amount of the loan that would become
                           unsecured shall be charged against such withdrawal or
                           distribution and paid from and upon such distribution
                           or withdrawal.

                           If a Participant does not repay the amount of any
                           loan made hereunder within the specified time, (i)
                           the Plan Administrator shall report the default as a
                           distribution for federal income tax purposes, and
                           (ii) the Plan Administrator shall cause the amount of
                           the unpaid debt (including any interest thereon) to
                           be deducted from the secured portion of the Account,
                           as soon as a distribution or withdrawal is legally
                           permitted from such portion of the Account (without
                           regard to limitations in the Plan that are more
                           restrictive than required by the Code). If the amount
                           of such interest, payment or distribution is not
                           sufficient to repay the unpaid balance of said debt,
                           the Participant shall remain liable for said
                           remaining debt.

                  (e)      Loan repayments will be credited to the Participant's
                           then current investment elections. If the Participant
                           ceases making contributions to the Plan, repayments
                           will be credited pursuant to the Participant's most
                           recent investment elections. If the Participant has
                           not made post-1983 contributions to the Plan,
                           repayments will be credited to the Stable Value
                           Option. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
                           this Section 9.7(e), effective October 1, 1994, if
                           any of a Participant's loan funds were drawn from the
                           portion of the Participant's Post-1986 Incentive
                           Contribution Account automatically invested in the
                           Stock Account as provided under Section 5.3, a
                           percentage of each loan repayment, equal to the
                           percentage of loan funds that were drawn from the
                           portion of the Participant's Post-1986 Incentive
                           Contribution Account automatically invested in the
                           Stock Account as provided under Section 5.3, shall be
                           credited to the Stock Account, unless the
                           restrictions in Section 5.3 are no longer applicable.

                                       48
<PAGE>
                  (f)      Loan Repayment.

                           (i)      Except as otherwise provided herein, or in
                                    (g) below, loans will be repaid by regular
                                    deduction from the Participant's paycheck
                                    from the Employer, beginning with the first
                                    paycheck issued in the second calendar month
                                    following the calendar month in which the
                                    loan is made.

                           (ii)     If a Participant is a Transferred Employee,
                                    the Participant's loan shall be repaid by
                                    regular deduction from the Participant's
                                    paycheck from the successor employer of the
                                    Transferred Employees or any member of a
                                    controlled group (within the meaning of
                                    Section 414(b) of the Code) including such
                                    employer, and such repayments shall be
                                    transmitted to the Company or any other
                                    Employer on a regular basis as agreed to
                                    between the Company and the acquiring
                                    company; provided that the Company may
                                    instead allow repayment by personal check in
                                    accordance with (g)(ii)(5) below; and
                                    provided further, that upon such
                                    Participant's termination of employment with
                                    the successor employer of the Transferred
                                    Employees and all members of a controlled
                                    group (within the meaning of Section 414(b)
                                    of the Code) including such employer (except
                                    in the case of a Transferred Employee who is
                                    re-employed by an Employer), the
                                    Participant's entire loan balance will
                                    become immediately due and payable.

                           (iii)    A Participant who terminated employment on
                                    August 10, 1996 and immediately thereafter
                                    commenced employment with Moore Business
                                    Forms, Inc. may continue to repay the loan
                                    in installments, by regular deduction from
                                    the Participant's paycheck from Moore
                                    Business Forms, Inc.; provided that the
                                    Company may instead allow repayment by
                                    personal check in accordance with (g)(ii)(5)
                                    below; and provided further, that upon such
                                    Participant's termination of employment with
                                    Moore Business Forms, Inc., the
                                    Participant's entire loan balance will
                                    become immediately due and payable.

                           (iv)     Loan repayments will be suspended under this
                                    Plan as permitted under Section 414(u)(4) of
                                    the Code.

                  (g)      Failure to Repay; Exceptions.

                           (i)      If a Participant fails to make two months
                                    worth of loan payments, the Plan
                                    Administrator will send the Participant a
                                    notice indicating that the Participant is
                                    delinquent in repaying the loan. Upon the
                                    earliest of a Participant's:

                                       49
<PAGE>
                                    (1)      failure to make up any delinquent
                                             loan payments during a legally
                                             permissible grace period provided
                                             by the Company following receipt of
                                             the notice described in the
                                             preceding sentence; or

                                    (2)      Separation from Service;

                                    the Participant's entire loan balance will
                                    become immediately due and payable.

                           (ii)     Notwithstanding (g)(i)(2) above, a
                                    Participant who:

                                    (1)      terminates employment upon or after
                                             attaining age 45 with ten (10)
                                             Years of Vesting Service and with a
                                             combined age and Years of Vesting
                                             Service totaling at least 65;

                                    (2)      becomes covered by the Employer's
                                             long-term disability plan;

                                    (3)      takes an unpaid Authorized Leave of
                                             Absence;

                                    (4)      effective October 1, 1998, becomes
                                             eligible, on or after such date, to
                                             receive job elimination benefits
                                             under the Company's severance and
                                             salary continuation benefits plan
                                             or similar benefits under an
                                             agreement with the Employer; or

                                    (5)      if the Company so elects with
                                             respect to all Participants
                                             continuing employment with a
                                             particular successor company after
                                             a sale or outsourcing, terminates
                                             employment in connection with such
                                             sale our outsourcing and continues
                                             employment with the successor
                                             company;

                                    may elect to pay the entire loan balance as
                                    described in (g)(i) above, or to make
                                    monthly payments to repay the loan by
                                    sending personal checks to the Plan
                                    Administrator or by assigning a portion of
                                    his or her retirement benefits to the Plan
                                    Administrator to the extent permitted on a
                                    uniform basis for all similarly situated
                                    Participants by the Plan Administrator,
                                    consistent with the requirements of Section
                                    401(a)(13) of the Code and Section 206(d) of
                                    ERISA.

                  (h)      If a Participant is married as of the date of the
                           loan, any loan which could result in a potential
                           reduction of benefits payable to or with respect to
                           such Participant in the event of non-payment of such
                           loan shall require consent of the Participant's
                           Spouse in the same manner as provided for in Section

                                       50
<PAGE>
                           8.7, except that clause (4) of Section 8.7(a) shall
                           not apply. Consent of the Participant's Spouse shall
                           also be required in the event of any renegotiation,
                           extension, renewal or other revisions of a loan to
                           the Participant.

                  (i)      No loan shall be made in the event that the interest
                           rate required to be charged pursuant to Section
                           9.7(c) would violate any applicable usury law.

                  (j)      A Participant shall not be granted a withdrawal and a
                           loan under the Plan in the same month. If a
                           Participant requests both a withdrawal and a loan in
                           the same month, the loan request will be considered
                           to have been made first, and the withdrawal request
                           will become effective in the next month.

                  (k)      A Participant may not receive a loan on a date more
                           than 90 days or less than 30 days after the Plan
                           Administrator has provided the Participant with a
                           loan application form and with information explaining
                           the spousal consent rules set forth in Sections 8.6
                           and 8.7, except as provided in Section 8.6(d).

                  (l)      All loan repayment schedules shall provide for
                           substantially level amortization of the loan.

                  (m)      The Plan Administrator shall administer this Section
                           9.7 pursuant to the foregoing and such additional
                           rules and regulations as it shall promulgate in
                           accordance with Section 72(p) of the Code and
                           Department of Labor Regulations Section 2550.408b-1.

                                       51
<PAGE>
                      ARTICLE X - PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFITS

         10.1 SOURCE OF DEATH BENEFITS. Death benefits are payable from or with
assets held by the Trustee on behalf of the deceased Participant as of the date
on which the Plan Administrator receives written notification of the
Participant's death in a manner acceptable to the Plan Administrator; provided,
that the death benefit will be available to a Participant's Spouse or other
Beneficiary, as applicable, within ninety (90) days of the receipt of notice of
death. This Article X applies only if the Participant's death precedes the
commencement of distribution of a Participant's vested Account Value under
Section 8.6. If a Participant dies after commencing distribution of his or her
vested Account Value under Section 8.6, death benefits shall be payable only as
provided under the form of distribution in which the Participant's vested
Account Value are being paid.

         10.2 DETERMINATIONS OF VALUES AND CASH-OUTS. The death benefit under
this Article X shall be equal to the vested Account Value held by the Trustee
for the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant as of the date of distribution to
the Beneficiary; provided, however, that death benefits with respect to amounts
held in a Money Purchase Account shall be payable as a Qualified Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant makes a contrary written election with
the consent of his or her Spouse, if any, as set forth in Section 10.4.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a
Participant's vested Account Value have not at the time of any distribution
exceeded five thousand dollars ($5,000) (or such greater amount as permitted
under the Code), upon a Participant's death, or on an annual basis thereafter,
such vested Account Value will be immediately distributed to the Participant's
Beneficiary(ies) in the form of a lump sum. In the event the vested Account
Value is not in excess of such dollar limitation at the time the Plan
Administrator initially determines to pay the benefit, but the benefit is not
immediately paid because the Participant (or Beneficiary) cannot be located or
there is an administrative delay in making payment, distribution shall be made
to the Participant (or Beneficiary) in a lump sum at such time as the Plan
Administrator locates the Participant (or Beneficiary) or the issue causing the
administrative delay is resolved, provided that the Participant's vested Account
Value at that time is not in excess of the dollar limit. For purposes of this
Section, in accordance with Section 1.401(k)-1(c)(1)(ii) of the Treasury
Regulations, a Participant's Deferral Account shall be treated separately from
the remainder of the Participant's Account, and the rules of this Section shall
be applied to each such portion as if it were the entire Account.

         10.3 DEATH BENEFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO ACCOUNTS OTHER THAN MONEY PURCHASE
ACCOUNT. Each Participant shall have a right to designate one or more
Beneficiaries to receive any death benefits that may become payable under the
Plan with respect to all Accounts other than any Money Purchase Account by
filing with the Plan Administrator the forms specified for this purpose, subject
to the waiver and spousal consent requirements under Section 8.7.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.11, the Beneficiary of a Participant
who is married to his or her Spouse immediately before death shall be the
Participant's Spouse, unless the Participant elects otherwise with the consent
of the Spouse obtained in the same manner

                                       52
<PAGE>
provided for in Section 8.6 and 8.7. The Beneficiary of a Participant who has no
Spouse immediately before death shall be as set forth in Section 1.11.

         The form of payment of the death benefit, other than that attributable
to a Money Purchase Account, shall be a lump sum equal to 100% of the
Participant's Account Value; provided, however, that the Beneficiary shall have
the right to elect to receive the death benefit in another form of payment set
forth in Section 8.5, subject to the rules set forth in Section 10.6. Any death
benefit payable pursuant to this Section 10.3 shall be paid (or commence as the
case may be) as of the month following the month of the Participant's death or
as of any subsequent month, as elected by the Beneficiary, subject to the rules
set forth in Section 10.6.

         10.4 DEATH BENEFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO MONEY PURCHASE ACCOUNT.

                  (a)      Unmarried Participants. If a Participant has no
                           Spouse as of the date of death, the death benefit
                           attributable to the Money Purchase Account shall be
                           payable as provided under Section 10.3.

                  (b)      Married Participants. If a Participant has a Spouse
                           as of the date of death, the death benefit
                           attributable to the Money Purchase Account shall be
                           paid to the Spouse unless an election has been made
                           pursuant to (c) below. The form of payment shall be a
                           monthly annuity for the life of the Spouse, which
                           form of death benefit shall be known as the Qualified
                           Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. The Participant's
                           Spouse may direct that payment of the Qualified
                           Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity commence as of the
                           month following the month of the Participant's death
                           or as of any subsequent month, subject to the rules
                           set forth in Section 10.6. If the Spouse does not so
                           direct, payment of such benefit shall commence at the
                           time the Participant would have attained Normal
                           Retirement Age. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
                           Spouse shall have the right, prior to the Annuity
                           Starting Date with respect to the Qualified
                           Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, to waive the
                           Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity and to
                           elect instead one of the forms of payment set forth
                           in Section 8.5, subject to the rules set forth in
                           Section 10.6.

                  (c)      Married Participants - Election of Alternate
                           Beneficiary. A Participant may elect, subject to the
                           Spouse's consent as provided in Section 8.7, a
                           Beneficiary other than the Spouse by filing an
                           election with the Plan Administrator at any time
                           within the period beginning on the earlier of: (i)
                           the first day of the Plan Year in which the
                           Participant attains age 35 (or becomes a Participant,
                           if later); or (ii) a vested Participant's Termination
                           from Service Date; and ending on the Participant's
                           death.

                           Such election shall name a Beneficiary other than the
                           Spouse, in which case the form of benefit shall be as
                           elected by the Beneficiary from among the forms of
                           payment set forth in Section 8.5, subject to the
                           rules set forth in Section 10.6.

                                       53
<PAGE>
                           An earlier election (with spousal consent) may be
                           made provided a written explanation of the
                           Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity is given to the
                           Participant and such election becomes invalid at the
                           beginning of the Plan Year in which the Participant
                           attains age 35. Any election under this Section
                           10.4(c) may be revoked in writing by the Participant
                           at any time, provided however that an election cannot
                           be changed or revoked after the Participant's death.
                           No election pursuant to this Section 10.4(c) shall be
                           effective unless made in writing on a form
                           satisfactory to the Plan Administrator and filed with
                           the Plan Administrator prior to the end of the
                           election period, and unless such election is
                           consented to by such Participant's Spouse in
                           accordance with the provisions of Section 8.7 hereof.

                  (d)      Applicable Period. Within the applicable period with
                           respect to a Participant, the Plan Administrator
                           shall provide the Participant a written explanation
                           of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
                           containing the information specified in subsection
                           (e) below. For purposes of this paragraph, the term
                           "applicable period" means, with respect to a
                           Participant, whichever of the following periods ends
                           last:

                           (i)      The period beginning with the first day of
                                    the Plan Year in which the Participant
                                    attains age 32 and ending with the close of
                                    the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in
                                    which the Participant attains age 35;

                           (ii)     A reasonable period after the individual
                                    becomes a Participant. For this purpose, in
                                    the case of an individual who becomes a
                                    Participant after age 32, the explanation
                                    must be provided by the end of the one-year
                                    period beginning with the date on which the
                                    individual becomes a Participant;

                           (iii)    A reasonable period ending after the Plan no
                                    longer fully subsidizes the cost of the
                                    Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity with respect
                                    to the Participant; or

                           (iv)     A reasonable period ending after Section
                                    401(a)(11) of the Code applies to the
                                    Participant;

                           provided that in the case of a Termination from
                           Service, the applicable period, if it has not yet
                           begun, shall begin upon the Termination from Service,
                           and shall end one year after such Termination from
                           Service.

                  (e)      Notice. Within the applicable period, the Plan
                           Administrator shall provide the Participant with a
                           written explanation, in nontechnical language,
                           stating (i) that, unless a contrary election is made,
                           the Participant's Spouse

                                       54
<PAGE>
                           will receive a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor
                           Annuity; (ii) that such Participant may elect not to
                           have the Spouse receive a Qualified Pre-Retirement
                           Survivor Annuity in the event of the Participant's
                           death before beginning to receive retirement
                           benefits; (iii) that the Participant's Spouse must
                           consent to such election in the same manner as
                           provided in Section 8.7; and (iv) that if the
                           Participant files a written request as provided
                           below, the Participant shall be furnished with a
                           further written explanation. The foregoing
                           explanation shall also inform the Participant of the
                           general effect of any such election, and the effect
                           of revocation of such election.

                           If a Participant to whom the general explanation
                           described above is furnished files a written request
                           with the Plan Administrator within 60 days after such
                           general explanation is first mailed or delivered to
                           the Participant, the Plan Administrator shall furnish
                           such Participant with a written explanation in
                           nontechnical language of the Qualified Pre-Retirement
                           Survivor Annuity provided under this Section 10.4 and
                           the financial effect upon such Participant of any
                           election not to have his or her Spouse receive such a
                           Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. Such
                           specific explanation shall conform to the
                           requirements of the regulations issued pursuant to
                           Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code.

         10.5 PROOF OF DEATH. The Trustee may rely exclusively on the Plan
Administrator's determination of the fact of death of a Participant and of the
right of any person to receive all or part of any death benefit. In making such
determination, the Plan Administrator may require such proof of death and other
evidence as the Plan Administrator deems to be necessary. The Plan
Administrator's determination shall be conclusive upon any person having or
claiming any right to death benefits as a consequence of the death of the
Participant.

         10.6 LIMITATION OF PAYMENTS. Notwithstanding any other provision of the
Plan to the contrary, the payment of any death benefit payable to any
Beneficiary shall be subject to the rules and restrictions of Section 401(a)(9)
of the Code and the regulations thereunder (including without limitation,
Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2), which restrictions shall not expand
the requirements of this Article X with regard to payment upon death. For
purposes of this Section 10.6, "Commencement Date" as used below shall mean the
earlier of (i) the Participant's required beginning date under Section 401(a)(9)
of the Code and the regulations thereunder, but determined as if the Participant
had terminated employment prior to age 70-1/2; or (ii) if distribution has
irrevocably commenced in the form of an annuity, the date on which such
distribution commenced. The following rules shall apply:

                  (a)      If the Participant dies after the Commencement Date,
                           such death benefit must be distributed to the
                           Beneficiary under a method that is at least as rapid
                           as the method under which the distributions were
                           being made to the Participant as of the date of the
                           Participant's death;

                                       55
<PAGE>
                  (b)      If the Participant dies before the Commencement Date
                           and the Beneficiary is not the Participant's Spouse,
                           the entire interest of the Participant must be
                           distributed over a period which does not exceed five
                           (5) years from the date of such Participant's death;

                  (c)      If the Participant dies before the Commencement Date
                           and any portion of such Participant's interest is
                           payable to, or for the benefit of, such Participant's
                           Spouse as designated Beneficiary, distribution of
                           such portion must commence not later than the later
                           of the December 31st of the calendar year immediately
                           following the calendar year of the Participant's
                           death or the December 31st of the calendar year in
                           which the Participant would have attained age seventy
                           and one-half (70-1/2), and such portion may be
                           distributed over a period that does not exceed the
                           life or life expectancy of the Spouse;

                  (d)      In the event that a Participant shall have designated
                           his or her Spouse as designated Beneficiary and such
                           Spouse shall die after the death of the Participant
                           and before the commencement of distributions to the
                           Spouse, the Participant's Spouse shall be substituted
                           for the Participant in applying the provisions of
                           this Section 10.6, but only for the purpose of
                           determining the period over which payment of benefits
                           may be made;

                  (e)      For purposes of this Section 10.6, life expectancies
                           of Participants and their Spouse Beneficiaries shall
                           be recalculated annually; and

                  (f)      For purposes of this Section 10.6, and in accordance
                           with the applicable regulations, any death benefit
                           payable to a Participant's child shall be treated as
                           if it had been paid to such Participant's surviving
                           Spouse if such amount will become payable to such
                           surviving Spouse upon such child's reaching the age
                           of majority (or upon the occurrence of such other
                           event as may be designated by the applicable
                           regulations).

                                       56
<PAGE>
                        ARTICLE XI - TERMINATION OF PLAN

         11.1 COMPANY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE. While the Company intends this Plan
to continue indefinitely, the Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan
or to discontinue contributions from time to time to any extent that it may, in
its sole and complete discretion, deem advisable. No such termination shall have
the effect of diverting any part of the principal or income of the Trust Fund
for any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants or their
Beneficiaries or of reducing a Participant's or Beneficiary's interest in the
Trust Fund. The Plan as a whole shall be terminated and all contributions shall
be discontinued only pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company. The Plan may be terminated in part or contributions may be discontinued
in part in the same manner as is prescribed for the adoption of amendments to
the Plan. Any total or partial termination or discontinuance of contributions
shall become effective upon the date specified in the resolution of the Board of
Directors or a written instrument of termination.

         11.2 EFFECT ON EMPLOYER AND TRUSTEE. The Employer shall make no further
contributions after termination of the Plan. The Trust shall be continued in
existence, however, as long as the Trustee deems it to be necessary for the
effective discharge of any remaining duties by the Trustee.

         11.3 EFFECT ON PARTICIPANTS. Upon termination in whole or in part of
the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall make an allocation in the manner
prescribed by Section 6.3, after payment of any expenses properly charged to the
Trust Fund and adjustments for capital gain and loss in the Interest
Accumulation Account. The Plan Administrator shall then direct the Trustee to
distribute to the Participants for whom the Plan is being terminated all assets
remaining in the Trust Fund.

         11.4 TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION BY A PARTICIPATING COMPANY. Any
Participating Company may withdraw from participation in the Plan at any time by
delivering to the Plan Administrator certified copies of a resolution to that
effect adopted by its board of directors; provided that a Participating Company
shall cease to be a Participating Company, without further action, upon ceasing
to be an Affiliate of the Company. In the event of a termination under this
Section, the assets of the Trust Fund allocable to such Participating Company's
Participants shall be distributed in the manner prescribed by Section 11.3 for
the exclusive benefit of those Participants.

         11.5 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR TRANSFER. In the event of any merger or
consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other plan, the
benefit that a Participant would receive upon a termination of such plan
immediately after such merger, consolidation, or transfer shall be equal to or
greater than the benefit the Participant would have been entitled to receive
immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer if the Plan had then
terminated.

                                       57
<PAGE>
                       ARTICLE XII - AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

         12.1 PROCEDURE FOR AMENDMENT. Subject to the restrictions of Section
12.2, the Company reserves the right to amend this Plan from time to time in any
respect. Any amendments to this Plan by the Company shall be in writing and
executed by the Chairman or the President; provided, however, that to the extent
that the Chairman or the President has delegated the authority to amend the
Plan, directly or indirectly, to any designated individual, any such amendment
shall be made in writing and executed by such designated individual.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment which is made to comply with a
change in law or to secure the approval of the Plan or an amendment by the
Internal Revenue Service, which does not materially increase the cost of the
Plan to the Employer, and which involves no significant choice regarding the
manner in which such change shall be implemented may be executed by any Vice
President or Assistant Vice President charged with responsibility for the
administration of the Plan.

         12.2 RESTRICTIONS.

                  (a)      Except as provided in Section 4.1, no amendment or
                           act shall result in the distribution or diversion of
                           any part of the assets of the Trust Fund for purposes
                           other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or
                           their Beneficiaries.

                  (b)      No amendment or modification of the Plan shall
                           deprive any Participant or Beneficiary retroactively
                           of benefits accruing from contributions made before
                           such amendment or modification unless the amendment
                           or modification is necessary to conform the Plan to
                           any law, governmental regulation or ruling, or to
                           enable the Plan and Trust to satisfy the requirements
                           of Sections 401 and 501 of the Code.

                  (c)      No amendment shall reduce the vested percentage of
                           any Participant below the percentage in effect for
                           such Participant as of the later of (i) the effective
                           date of the amendment or (ii) the date of adoption of
                           the amendment. If an amendment changes the vesting
                           provision under the Plan, in accordance with
                           applicable regulations, any Participant may choose to
                           have the amount of his or her vested benefit
                           determined on the basis of the Plan provisions in
                           effect immediately before the effective date of the
                           amendment.

                  (d)      No amendment shall affect the rights, duties or
                           responsibilities of the Trustee without its prior
                           written consent. The Trustee shall receive copies of
                           any amendment promptly following execution of the
                           same.

                                       58
<PAGE>
                      ARTICLE XIII - MANAGEMENT OF THE PLAN

         13.1 ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY. The following named Fiduciaries
shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations
as are specifically given them under this Plan and Trust.

                  (a)      COMPANY. The Company shall have the sole authority to
                           appoint and remove the Trustee, the Plan
                           Administrator, and the Appeal Committee (and/or any
                           or all members thereof) as described herein.

                  (b)      PLAN ADMINISTRATOR. The Plan Administrator shall have
                           the sole responsibility for the administration of the
                           Plan as described herein.

                  (c)      APPEAL COMMITTEE. The Appeal Committee shall consist
                           of one or more members appointed by the Company and
                           shall have the sole responsibility to review and make
                           determinations regarding benefit claims and to make
                           such other determinations delegated to the Appeal
                           Committee under the Plan.

                  (d)      BENEFIT FINANCE COMMITTEE. The Benefit Finance
                           Committee shall consist of those members appointed by
                           the Company pursuant to the provisions of the
                           Retirement Plan for Employees of Aetna Services Inc.,
                           and, with respect to this Plan, the Benefit Finance
                           Committee shall have an advisory role with respect to
                           the selection of Investment Funds as further
                           described in Section 5.8.

                  (e)      TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall have the sole
                           responsibility for the administration and accounting
                           of the Trust Fund as described herein.

                  (f)      RELIANCE ON CO-FIDUCIARY. Each Fiduciary warrants
                           that any directions given, information furnished or
                           action taken by it shall be in accordance with the
                           provisions of the Plan and Trust, as the case may be,
                           authorizing or providing for such direction,
                           information or action. Furthermore, each Fiduciary
                           may rely upon any such direction, information or
                           action of another Fiduciary as being proper under the
                           Plan and Trust and is not required under the Plan and
                           Trust to inquire into the propriety of any such
                           direction, information or action unless such
                           Fiduciary has reason to believe an impropriety
                           exists. It is intended under the Plan and Trust that
                           each Fiduciary shall be independently responsible for
                           the proper exercise of its own respective powers,
                           duties, responsibilities and obligations under the
                           Plan and Trust and, in the absence of knowledge,
                           shall not be responsible for any act or failure to
                           act of another Fiduciary. No Fiduciary guarantees the
                           Trust Fund in any manner against investment loss or
                           depreciation in asset value.

                                       59
<PAGE>
         13.2 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR. The Plan shall be
administered by a Plan Administrator who shall be the Company or, in the
alternative, one or more persons who shall be appointed by the Company. The Plan
Administrator may delegate to any person or entity any powers or duties of the
Plan Administrator under the Plan. To the extent of any such delegation, the
delegate shall become the named fiduciary responsible for administration of the
Plan (if the delegate is a fiduciary by reason of the delegation), and
references to the Plan Administrator shall apply instead to the delegate. Any
action by the Company assigning any of its responsibilities as Plan
Administrator to specific persons who are all directors, officers, or Employees
of the Company shall not constitute delegation of the Plan Administrator's
responsibilities but rather shall be treated as the manner in which the Company
has determined internally to discharge such responsibility. The Plan
Administrator may be removed at any time without cause.

                  Compensation of the Plan Administrator and all usual and
reasonable expenses of administration, including but not limited to actuarial,
legal and accounting fees may be paid in whole or in part by the Employer, and
any expenses not paid by the Employer shall be paid by the Trustee out of the
principal or income of the Trust Fund. The source of such payments may differ
from year to year. No Employee shall receive compensation with respect to
services as the Plan Administrator.

                  (a)      The Plan Administrator shall have such duties and
                           powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties
                           hereunder, including, but not by way of limitation,
                           the following:

                           (i)      to construe and interpret the terms and
                                    intent of the Plan, decide all questions of
                                    eligibility and determine the amount, manner
                                    and time of payment of any benefits
                                    hereunder except that the Plan Administrator
                                    shall have no power to add to, subtract from
                                    or modify any of the terms of the Plan, or
                                    to change or add to any benefits provided by
                                    the Plan, or to waive or fail to apply any
                                    requirements of eligibility for a benefit
                                    under the Plan;

                           (ii)     to prescribe procedures to be followed and
                                    information to be supplied by Participants
                                    or Beneficiaries filing applications for
                                    benefits;

                           (iii)    to prepare and distribute in writing, in
                                    such manner as the Plan Administrator
                                    determines to be appropriate, information
                                    explaining the Plan;

                           (iv)     to receive from the Employer, the Trustee,
                                    Participants and Beneficiaries such
                                    information as shall be necessary for the
                                    proper administration of the Plan;

                                       60
<PAGE>
                           (v)      to furnish to the Employer, upon request,
                                    such annual reports with respect to the
                                    administration of the Plan as are reasonable
                                    and appropriate;

                           (vi)     to receive, review and keep on file (as it
                                    deems convenient or proper) reports of the
                                    financial condition, and of the receipts and
                                    disbursements, of the Trust Fund from the
                                    Trustee;

                           (vii)    to appoint or employ individuals to assist
                                    in the administration of the Plan and any
                                    other agents it deems advisable, including
                                    legal and actuarial counsel;

                           (viii)   to defend or initiate any lawsuit on behalf
                                    of the Plan or the Participants and
                                    Beneficiaries without the consent of the
                                    Employer if the Plan Administrator deems it
                                    reasonably necessary to protect the Plan or
                                    its Participants and Beneficiaries. Legal
                                    fees and costs of litigation shall be borne
                                    by the Trust Fund to the extent not paid by
                                    the Employer; and

                           (ix)     to implement a loan or other borrowing on
                                    behalf of the Trustee as directed by the
                                    Company.

                  (b)      If there shall arise any misunderstanding or
                           ambiguity concerning the meaning of any of the
                           provisions of the Plan arising out of the
                           administration thereof, the Plan Administrator shall
                           have the sole right to construe such provisions.
                           Subject to the limitations of the Plan and applicable
                           law, the Plan Administrator may make such rules and
                           regulations as it deems necessary or proper for the
                           administration of the Plan and the transaction of
                           business hereunder. All rules and decisions of the
                           Plan Administrator shall be uniformly and
                           consistently applied to all Participants in similar
                           circumstances. When making a determination or
                           calculation, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled
                           to rely upon information furnished by a Participant
                           or Beneficiary, the Employer, the legal counsel of
                           the Employer, the Appeal Committee or the Trustee.

                  (c)      The decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect
                           to any matter it is empowered to act upon shall be
                           made by it in its sole discretion based on the Plan
                           documents and shall be final, conclusive and binding
                           on all persons. Further, findings of fact by the Plan
                           Administrator as to matters relating to a
                           Participant's employment record are binding on the
                           Participant (or the Participant's Beneficiary) for
                           the purposes of the Plan.

         13.3 NOTICES AND ELECTIONS OF PARTICIPANTS.

                  (a)      All persons shall be required to furnish information
                           and proof to the Plan Administrator as to any and all
                           facts that the Plan Administrator may

                                       61
<PAGE>
                           reasonably require concerning any person affected by
                           the terms of the Plan (including date of birth and
                           satisfactory proof, by personal endorsement on
                           benefit checks or otherwise, of the survival of any
                           payee to the due date of any payment).

                           Each terminated Participant shall inform the Plan
                           Administrator of any changes of address. All notices
                           to any persons from the Plan Administrator will be
                           sent to the last known address of such person, and
                           there shall be no further obligation to such person
                           in the event any such communication is not received
                           by the person.

                           There will be no obligation to make any payment to a
                           payee under the Plan until proof is received that the
                           payee was living on the due date of the payment. If
                           such proof is not received within seven years of the
                           due date of the payment, the obligation to make any
                           payments under the Plan shall be limited to the
                           benefit that would be payable had the payee died
                           immediately before such due date. Notwithstanding any
                           other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if,
                           after the expiration of such period, it is
                           established that the payee was living on the due date
                           of such payment, any right to payments established by
                           such proof, less any amounts paid as a death benefit,
                           shall be reinstated.

                           If any fact relating to a Participant or any other
                           payee has been misstated, the correct fact may be
                           used to determine the amount of the benefit payable
                           to the Participant or to such other payee. If
                           overpayments or underpayments have been made because
                           of such incorrect statement, the amount of any future
                           payments shall be adjusted appropriately.

                  (b)      Any request, notice or election to be filed with the
                           Plan Administrator by a Participant or Beneficiary
                           shall be filed in the manner required by the Plan
                           Administrator. A request, notice or election by a
                           Participant or Beneficiary shall be effective only if
                           made on such form or in such manner required by the
                           Plan Administrator.

         13.4 ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS. The Plan Administrator shall maintain such
accounts and records regarding the fiscal and other transactions of the Plan and
such other data as may be required to carry out its functions under the Plan and
to comply with all applicable laws. The Plan Administrator shall hold the
promissory notes and other instruments documenting or pertaining to Participant
loans made pursuant to Section 9.7 as custodian therefore.

         13.5 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW. The Plan Administrator shall be
responsible for the preparation and filing of any required returns, reports,
statements or other filings with appropriate governmental agencies. The Plan
Administrator shall also be responsible for the preparation and delivery of
information to persons entitled to such information under any applicable law.

                                       62
<PAGE>
         13.6 LIABILITY. The functions of the Appeal Committee, Plan
Administrator, Trustee and the Benefit Finance Committee under the Plan are
fiduciary in nature and each shall be carried out solely in the interest of the
Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan for the
exclusive purpose of providing the benefits under the Plan (and for the
defraying of reasonable expenses of administering the Plan). Each such entity or
person shall carry out its respective functions in accordance with the terms of
the Plan with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances
then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar
with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character
and with like aims. No members of the Appeal Committee or the Benefit Finance
Committee and no officer, director, or Employee shall be liable for any action
or inaction with respect to his or her functions under the Plan unless such
action or inaction is adjudicated to be a breach of the fiduciary standard of
conduct set forth above. Further, no Employee nor any member of the Appeal
Committee or Benefit Finance Committee shall be personally liable hereunder
merely by virtue of any instrument executed by him or her or on his or her
behalf as the Plan Administrator or as a member of such committee.

         13.7 INDEMNIFICATION. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Plan
(and, to the extent ERISA prohibits indemnification by the Plan, the Employer)
shall indemnify officers and directors of the Employer (and any Employee
involved in carrying out the functions of the Employer under the Plan) and each
member of the Appeal Committee and the Benefit Finance Committee against any
expenses, including attorneys' fees and expenses and amounts paid in settlement
(to the extent approved by the Employer) of a liability, which are reasonably
incurred in connection with any legal action to which such person is a party by
reason of his or her duties or responsibilities with respect to the Plan.

         13.8 AUTHORIZATION OF PAYMENTS. The Plan Administrator shall issue
directions to the Trustee concerning all benefits and expenses that are to be
paid from the Trust Fund pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and warrants
that all such directions are in accordance with this Plan. In the discretion of
the Plan Administrator, any distribution of benefits to or on behalf of a
Participant may be made directly to the person specified by the Plan
Administrator or deposited in a checking account maintained by the Plan
Administrator for the purpose of making payments to the person or persons
entitled to such benefit payments under the Plan, or to an account maintained by
some other entity which the Plan Administrator may designate to make payments.

         13.9 NOTICES TO TRUSTEE. Any Vice President or Assistant Vice President
charged with responsibility for the administration of the Plan shall notify the
Trustee of the names and titles of those persons authorized to communicate with
the Trustee by and on behalf of the Plan Administrator and issue directions to
the Trustee on behalf of the Plan Administrator. As otherwise specified herein,
the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon all directions and communications
from such persons and only such persons, unless and until the Trustee is
notified to the contrary by any Vice President or Assistant Vice President
charged with responsibility for the administration of the Plan. To the extent
that the Plan provides that the Trustee shall act only upon or pursuant to a
direction of the Company, any such direction of the Company shall be
communicated to the Trustee by those person authorized to communicate with the
Trustee on behalf of the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that when such
persons are

                                       63
<PAGE>
communicating with the Trustee on behalf of the Company they shall do so as
agents for the Company.

                                       64
<PAGE>
                              ARTICLE XIV - TRUSTEE

         14.1 ACCOUNTING. The Trustee shall keep an accurate and detailed
account of all receipts, investments, disbursements and other transactions
hereunder. All accounts, books and records relating to such transactions shall
be open to inspection and audit at all reasonable times by any person designated
by the Company or the Plan Administrator. Within seventy-five (75) days
following the end of each Plan Year and within seventy-five (75) days after any
removal or resignation of the Trustee as provided in Section 14.7, the Trustee
shall file with the Plan Administrator a written account setting forth (a) the
transfer of funds to the Trust Fund; (b) the gains, or losses, realized by the
Trust Fund upon sales or other disposition of the assets; (c) the increase, or
decrease, in the value of the Trust Fund; (d) the transfer of funds from the
Trust Fund; and (e) such further reasonable information as the Employer and/or
Plan Administrator may request, as agreed to by the Trustee during such Plan
Year or during the period from the end of the last Plan Year to the date of such
removal or resignation, and setting forth the current value of all Trust assets
and liabilities. Upon the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date of filing
such annual or other accounts, the Trustee shall be forever released and
discharged from all liability and accountability with respect to the propriety
of its acts and transactions shown in such account, except with respect to any
such acts or transactions as to which the Plan Administrator or the Company
shall file with the Trustee written objections within such 90-day period.

         14.2 TRUSTEE'S RESPONSIBILITIES LIMITED. The Trustee may rely on the
representation of the Plan Administrator that the Plan and Trust hereby created
are qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code, and the Trustee
shall have no obligation to inquire into such continuing qualification.

                  The Trustee shall not be responsible for administration of the
Plan and shall not be obliged to determine whether any particular instruction or
direction of the Plan Administrator regarding distribution or any other matter
relating to Plan administration accords with the terms and conditions of same.
Neither shall the Trustee be obliged to collect contributions due under this
Plan, to determine whether contributions are in accordance therewith, or to
account for allocations to Participants. The investment and management of the
Trust Fund assets shall be determined in accordance with Article V and Section
14.8. The Trustee shall not invest, sell, exchange, encumber or otherwise act
with respect to the assets without specific direction of the Plan Administrator
pursuant to the direction of a Participant. The Trustee shall not borrow or
authorize a borrowing on behalf of the Trust Fund without specific direction of
the Company. The Trustee shall not establish a new Investment Fund, or implement
any change with respect to an Investment Fund without specific direction of the
Company. The Trustee shall incur no liability by complying with any such
direction and shall be under no duty or obligation to review, evaluate or
reevaluate the investments made pursuant to such directions.

         14.3 INFORMATION AND RECEIPTS. The Plan Administrator shall accompany
each transfer of contributions to the Trust Fund with such information as the
Trustee may reasonably require for purposes of discharging its duties.

                                       65
<PAGE>
         14.4 ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES. The Trustee may appoint one or more
administrative agents or custodians or contract for the performance of such
administrative and service functions as it may deem necessary or desirable for
the effective operation of the Trust and Plan.

         14.5 EXPENSES. All expenses chargeable to the Trust Fund hereunder
shall be paid by the Trust Fund; provided that the Company may direct in its
sole discretion that all or certain expenses chargeable to the Trust Fund shall
be paid by the Employer. To the extent, however, that funds are available from
commissions, 12b-1 fees or other fees chargeable in connection with investments,
expenses shall be charged first against such available funds, and remaining
expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund, unless paid by the Employer as
provided above. Expenses chargeable to the Trust Fund shall include but not be
limited to the following:

                  (a)      commissions and other sales or service charges;

                  (b)      taxes of any kind;

                  (c)      administrative and clerical costs;

                  (d)      legal fees; and

                  (e)      the Trustee's fee.

                  Generally, expenses paid from the Trust Fund shall be
allocated to the Accounts of Participants in proportion to Participants' Account
Value. Investment fees and expenses shall be charged to the Accounts of
Participants who have invested in the applicable Investment Fund unless paid by
the Employer as provided above, provided that expenses of any Investment Fund to
be charged to Participants shall be charged to all Participants investing in
that Investment Fund on the same basis. To the extent funds available from
commissions, 12b-1 fees or other fees chargeable in connection with investments
in Investment Funds exceed the costs of administering the Plan which are
permitted by law to be paid from Plan assets and have not otherwise been paid
from Plan assets, the Company shall, in its discretion, take one or more of the
following courses of action with respect to any excess: (i) use the excess to
provide additional services to the Plan; (ii) allocate the excess to the
Accounts of Participants with balances in such Investment Funds, pro rata based
on the balances in such Investment Funds; or (iii) waive the excess fees.

         14.6 COMPENSATION OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall be compensated from the
Trust Fund or, at the direction of the Company, by the Employer for its services
by payment of the Trustee's fee, the amount of which shall be agreed upon from
time to time between the Company and the Trustee.

         14.7 RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee may resign as
Trustee at any time by providing the Company with written notice of the
resignation. Upon receipt of such notice the Company shall forthwith appoint a
successor Trustee who shall notify the Trustee in writing that it has accepted
the appointment as successor Trustee. Upon receiving such notice of acceptance,
the Trustee may first reserve and liquidate such assets as are necessary for the

                                       66
<PAGE>
payment of its compensation and expenses and for the payment of any liabilities
involving the Trustee. It shall then transfer to the successor Trustee the
remaining assets of the Trust Fund and all records pertinent thereto.

                  If a successor Trustee is not appointed within thirty (30)
days after the giving of notice or removal, the Trustee may apply to a court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor. The Trustee shall be
entitled to reimbursement from the Trust for all expenses incurred by it in
connection with the settlement of its accounts and the transfer and delivery of
the Trust Fund to its successor. If the Trustee is removed, it shall be entitled
to full compensation as if the Trust Fund had terminated while it was still
acting. If the Trustee resigns, it shall be entitled to compensation then
accrued but unpaid.

                  Except for removal for cause, the Company may remove the
Trustee only by first designating a successor Trustee and by providing the
Trustee with no less than sixty (60) days' notice of the removal. The removal
shall not be effective until the Trustee is notified in writing by the successor
Trustee that it has accepted the appointment as successor. In such case the
Trustee, after first receiving and liquidating such assets as may be necessary
for the payment of its compensation and expenses and for the payment of any
liabilities involving the Trustee, shall transfer to the successor Trustee the
remaining assets of the Trust Fund and records pertinent thereto.

         14.8 VOTING OR TENDER OF STOCK.

                  (a)      Each Participant shall be considered a named
                           fiduciary for the limited purpose set forth in this
                           Section and shall have the right, based upon the
                           Stock held in the Stock Account attributable to the
                           Participant's Account, to direct the Trustee in
                           writing as to the manner in which to vote such shares
                           or to respond to a tender or exchange offer for such
                           Stock, and the Trustee shall vote or tender or not
                           tender such Stock for each Participant's Account
                           based upon such instructions.

                  (b)      The Trustee shall utilize its best efforts to
                           distribute or cause to be distributed in a timely
                           fashion to each Participant such identical written
                           information (if any), and only such information, as
                           will be distributed to stockholders of the Company in
                           connection with any such vote or tender or exchange
                           offer and a voting or tender or exchange offer
                           instruction form for return to the Trustee or its
                           designee. In the event that the Trustee determines
                           that the Trustee is required pursuant to ERISA to
                           provide Participants with additional information or
                           guidance not previously provided to all other
                           stockholders, the Trustee shall notify the Company in
                           advance of providing such additional information to
                           Participants. The notice to the Company shall be
                           reasonably calculated to allow the Company an
                           opportunity to determine whether it must provide such
                           additional information to other stockholders at the
                           same time it is provided to Participants or whether
                           the Company must take any other action with respect
                           to such information.

                                       67
<PAGE>
                           (i)      The voting or offer instruction form shall
                                    show the number of shares of Stock
                                    attributable to the Participant's Account
                                    and shall provide a means for the
                                    Participant to (A) instruct the Trustee how
                                    to vote or whether or not to tender or
                                    exchange such shares and (B) specify the
                                    Investment Fund under the Plan in which the
                                    proceeds of any sale shall be invested in
                                    the event such shares are sold pursuant to a
                                    tender offer.

                           (ii)     Such form shall also advise each Participant
                                    in the Stock Account (A) that voting or
                                    tender or exchange instructions provided to
                                    the Trustee shall be held in strict
                                    confidence and shall not be divulged or
                                    released to any other person, including any
                                    officer or Employee of the Company; (B) the
                                    manner in which the Trustee shall vote or
                                    tender or exchange shares of Stock as to
                                    which timely instructions were not received
                                    by the Trustee, and (C) that in the event a
                                    Participant's Stock is sold and the
                                    Participant has not specified the Investment
                                    Fund in which the proceeds shall be
                                    invested, such proceeds shall be invested in
                                    the Stable Value Option until a contrary
                                    investment election is made by the
                                    Participant pursuant to the Plan.

                  (c)      Upon receipt of such instructions, the Trustee shall
                           vote or tender or not tender (or withdraw from
                           tender) or exchange such Stock in accordance with
                           such instructions, and the Trustee shall vote or
                           tender or not tender (or withdraw from tender) or
                           exchange any Stock as to which timely instructions
                           were not received by the Trustee in the same
                           proportion as the Trustee votes or tenders or
                           exchanges any Stock for which instructions were
                           received, unless the Trustee determines in its sole
                           discretion that voting or tender in such manner is
                           not consistent with ERISA, in which case the Trustee
                           shall determine in its sole discretion the manner in
                           which or the extent to which the Trustee shall vote
                           or tender or exchange any Stock for which
                           instructions were not timely received. Instruction
                           forms received from the Participant shall be retained
                           by the Trustee and shall not be provided, or the
                           instructions divulged, to the Company or to any
                           officer or Employee thereof or to any other person.

                  (d)      In implementing the foregoing procedures, the Trustee
                           will act fairly, in the best interests of each
                           Participant, and in a manner that will not impose
                           undue pressure on any Participant as to the voting or
                           tender or exchange offer instructions he or she
                           should give to the Trustee. An instruction to the
                           Trustee to tender or exchange Stock shall not be
                           deemed to constitute withdrawal or suspension from
                           the Plan or forfeiture of any portion of a
                           Participant's interest in the Plan. In the case of a
                           tender or exchange, Accounts shall be adjusted
                           appropriately to reflect the Trustee's execution of
                           Participants' instructions.

                                       68
<PAGE>
         14.9 INDEMNIFICATION BY EMPLOYER. To the fullest extent permitted by
law, the Employer hereby covenants and agrees that it will at all times
indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee from any and all liability that may
arise in connection with this Trust and which does not arise from the negligence
or willful misconduct of the Trustee.

         14.10 LEGAL ACTION BY TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be required to
institute or engage in any legal action or to take any action other than
required by this Trust, unless it expressly agrees in writing to do so and
unless arrangements have been made to indemnify it fully for all expenses that
may be incurred in connection therewith.

         14.11 ACCEPTANCE OF TRUSTEE. Effective upon its execution of this
Trust, the Trustee accepts the Trust created hereunder and agrees to be bound by
all the terms set forth herein and to hold the Trust Fund in trust. The Trustee
shall not have any duty to inquire into the administration of the Plan or
actions taken by any prior trustee.

         14.12 POWERS OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee in administering the Trust is
authorized and empowered, subject to the provisions of Article V and this
Article XIV:

                  (a)      To purchase and subscribe for any securities or other
                           property and to retain such securities and other
                           property in trust;

                  (b)      To sell at public or private sale, for cash, or upon
                           credit, or otherwise dispose of any property, real or
                           personal; and no person dealing with the Trustee
                           shall be bound to see to the application or to
                           inquire into the validity, expediency or propriety of
                           any such sale or other disposition;

                  (c)      To adjust, settle, contest, compromise and arbitrate
                           any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from
                           the Trust Fund, and to sue, commence or defend any
                           legal proceedings in reference therein;

                  (d)      To exercise any conversion privilege subscription
                           rights or other options pertaining to or in
                           connection with securities or other property held by
                           it; to consent to or otherwise participate in any
                           reorganization, consolidation, merger or adjustment
                           pertaining to any corporate reorganization or any
                           other changes affecting corporate securities, to
                           deposit any property with any committee or
                           depositary, and to pay any assessments or other
                           charges in connection therewith;

                  (e)      To exercise itself, or by general or limited power of
                           attorney, any right, including the right to vote,
                           incident to any securities or other property held by
                           it;

                  (f)      To invest all or part of the Trust Fund in
                           interest-bearing deposits with the Trustee, or with a
                           bank or similar financial institution related to the
                           Trustee if such bank or other institution is a
                           fiduciary with respect to the

                                       69
<PAGE>
                           Plan as defined in ERISA, including but not limited
                           to investments in time deposits, savings deposits,
                           certificates of deposit or time accounts which bear a
                           reasonable interest rate;

                  (g)      To invest in, to the extent they are a part of any
                           authorized Investment Fund, any collective or common
                           trust fund or composite security owned, operated and
                           maintained by the Trustee or its affiliates,
                           including, but not limited to, demand notes,
                           short-term notes and cash equivalent funds and any
                           collective, common or pooled trust fund operated or
                           maintained exclusively for the commingling and
                           collective investment of monies or other assets
                           including any such fund operated or maintained by the
                           Trustee or its affiliates. Notwithstanding the
                           provisions of this Trust which place restrictions
                           upon the actions of the Trustee, to the extent monies
                           or other assets are utilized to acquire units of any
                           collective trust, the terms of the collective trust
                           indenture shall solely govern the investment duties,
                           responsibilities and powers of the trustee of such
                           collective trust and, to the extent required by law,
                           such terms, responsibilities and powers shall be
                           incorporated herein by reference and shall be part of
                           this Trust. For purposes of valuation, the value of
                           the interest maintained by the Trust Fund in such
                           collective trust shall be the fair market value of
                           the collective fund units held, determined in
                           accordance with generally recognized valuation
                           procedures. The Company expressly understands and
                           agrees that any such collective fund may provide for
                           the lending of its securities by the collective fund
                           trustee and that such collective fund's trustee will
                           receive compensation for the lending of securities
                           that is separate from any compensation of the Trustee
                           hereunder, or any compensation of the collective fund
                           trustee for the management of such collective fund;

                  (h)      To register any investment held in the Trust Fund in
                           its own name or in the name of a nominee or to hold
                           any investment in bearer form;

                  (i)      To employ suitable agents, accountants and counsel to
                           pay their reasonable expenses and compensation;

                  (j)      To hold any part or all of the Trust Fund uninvested;

                  (k)      To make, execute and deliver as Trustee any and all
                           advances, contracts, waivers, releases or other
                           instruments in writing necessary or proper in the
                           employment of any of the foregoing powers;

                  (l)      To exercise, generally, any of the powers which an
                           individual owner might exercise in connection with
                           property either personal or mixed held by the Trust,
                           and to do all other acts that the Trustee may deem
                           necessary or proper to carry out any of the powers
                           set forth in this Article XIV or otherwise in the
                           best interests of the Plan Participants;

                                       70
<PAGE>
                  (m)      The Trustee may defend or initiate any lawsuit
                           without the consent of the Employer if the Trustee
                           deems it reasonably necessary to protect the
                           principal or income of any asset held by the Trust
                           Fund. Legal fees and costs of litigation shall be
                           borne by the Trust Fund to the extent not paid by the
                           Employer; and

                  (n)      To borrow on behalf of the Trust Fund upon specific
                           direction of the Company and to authorize the Plan
                           Administrator to implement such borrowing.

         14.13 MAINTENANCE OF INDICIA OF OWNERSHIP. The Trustee shall not
maintain indicia of ownership of any asset of the Trust Fund held by it outside
the jurisdiction of the District Courts of the United States unless such holding
is approved through ruling or regulations promulgated under ERISA by the
Secretary of Labor.

         14.14 FORM OF COMMUNICATIONS. All notices, directions and other
communications to the Trustee shall be in writing or in such other form,
including transmission by electronic means through the facilities of third
parties or otherwise, specifically agreed to in writing by the Trustee and the
Trustee shall be fully protected in acting in accordance therewith.

         14.15 INSURANCE CONTRACTS.

                  (a)      The Trustee, upon the direction of the Company, shall
                           acquire and maintain Group Annuity Contracts to the
                           extent any Investment Funds are maintained under a
                           Group Annuity Contract, and upon the direction of the
                           Plan Administrator shall acquire an insurance or
                           annuity contract for purposes of distributing
                           benefits.

                  (b)      The Trustee shall execute the application for any
                           Contract to be applied for under the Plan.

                  (c)      The Trustee shall be the absolute owner of all
                           Contracts which shall be held in the Trust.

                  (d)      No Insurer issuing any contract or contracts held in
                           the Trust Fund shall be deemed to be a party to this
                           Trust for any purpose, or to be responsible in any
                           way for its validity, or to have any liability other
                           than as stated in any contracts that are so issued by
                           it. Any Insurer may deal with the Trustee as absolute
                           owner of any contract issued by it and held in the
                           Trust Fund, without inquiry as to the authority of
                           the Trustee to so act, and may accept and rely upon
                           any written notice, instruction, direction,
                           certificate or other communication from the Trustee
                           believed by the Insurer to be genuine and to be
                           signed by an officer of the Trustee and shall incur
                           no liability or responsibility by so doing. Any sums
                           paid by an Insurer under any of the terms of a
                           contract issued by it and held in the Trust Fund
                           either to the Trustee, or, in accordance with the
                           direction of the Trustee to any other

                                       71
<PAGE>
                           person or persons designated in such contract as the
                           person or persons to whom such payment shall be made
                           shall be a full and complete discharge of the
                           liability to pay such sums, and the Insurer shall
                           have no obligation to look to the disposition of any
                           sums so paid. No Insurer shall be required to look
                           into the terms of this Trust or to inquire into any
                           action of the Trustee or as to whether any action of
                           the Trustee is authorized by the term of this Trust.

                  (e)      The Trustee shall follow directions of the Plan
                           Administrator concerning the exercise or non-exercise
                           of any powers or options concerning any contract held
                           in the Trust Fund. To the extent permitted by law,
                           neither the Employer, the Plan Administrator nor the
                           Trustee shall be liable for the refusal of any
                           insurance company to issue, modify or convert any
                           contract or contracts, to take any other action
                           requested by the Trustee, nor be liable for the form,
                           genuineness, validity, sufficiency or effect of any
                           contract or contracts held in the Trust Fund, nor for
                           the act of any person or persons that may render any
                           such contract or contracts null and void; nor for the
                           failure of any insurance company to pay the proceeds
                           and avails of any such contract or contracts as and
                           when the same shall become due and payable; nor for
                           any delay in payment resulting from any provision
                           contained in any such contract; nor for the fact that
                           for any reason whatsoever any contract shall lapse or
                           otherwise be uncollectible. Notwithstanding any other
                           provision of this Trust to the contrary, the Employer
                           hereby agrees to indemnify the Trustee and hold it
                           harmless from and against any claim or liability
                           which may be asserted against the Trustee by reason
                           of its acting on any direction from the Plan
                           Administrator or failing to act in the absence of any
                           such direction with respect to any contract or the
                           acquisition of any contract or exercise or
                           non-exercise of any right or option thereunder.

                                       72
<PAGE>
             ARTICLE XV - CLAIMS PROCEDURES AND CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS

         15.1 PROCEDURES FOR PRESENTING AND REVIEWING CLAIMS. A written request
for a Plan benefit made by either a Participant or Beneficiary shall be a claim.
The person making such claim shall be a claimant.

                  Each claim shall be presented to the Appeal Committee which
shall, within 90 days from receipt of the claim (180 days in the event of
special circumstances), either accept or deny the claim (wholly or partially)
and within that time notify the claimant of such acceptance or denial.

                  If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Appeal Committee
shall furnish to the claimant a written notice setting forth in a manner
calculated to be understood by the claimant:

                  (a)      the specific reason(s) for the denial;

                  (b)      specific reference(s) to pertinent Plan provisions on
                           which any denial is based;

                  (c)      a description of any additional material or
                           information necessary for the claimant to perfect the
                           claim, and an explanation of why such material or
                           information is necessary; and

                  (d)      an explanation of the Plan's review procedures.

                  If a claimant does not receive notification of acceptance or
denial within 90 days from submission of a claim, the claimant may request
review as if the claim had been entirely denied.

                  In the event of a denial, the claimant is entitled, either in
person or by duly authorized representative, to

                           (i)      make a written request that the Appeal
                                    Committee review the claim. In the case of a
                                    denial as to which written notice of denial
                                    has been given to the claimant, any such
                                    request for review of the claim must be made
                                    within 60 days after receipt by the claimant
                                    of such notice;

                           (ii)     review pertinent documents relating to the
                                    denial;

                           (iii)    submit issues and comments in writing; and

                           (iv)     request a hearing before the Appeal
                                    Committee.

                                       73
<PAGE>
                  The Appeal Committee shall make its decision with respect to a
claim review promptly, but not later than 60 days after receipt of the request.
Such 60-day period may be extended for an additional 60 days if the Appeal
Committee finds that special circumstances require an extension of time.

                  The final decision of the Appeal Committee shall be in
writing, give specific reasons for the decision and make specific references to
the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. All
interpretations, determinations and decisions of the Appeal Committee in respect
of any claim shall be made in its sole discretion based on the applicable Plan
documents and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties.

         15.2 ASSIGNMENT AND ALIENATION PROHIBITED. Except as provided below or
otherwise under applicable law, no payee may sell, assign, discount, alienate or
pledge as collateral for a loan or as a security for the performance of an
obligation or for any other purpose, any payment due under this Plan; and any
payment due to a payee hereunder shall be exempt from the claim of creditors of
the payee to the maximum extent permitted under federal and state laws. If the
Plan Administrator determines that a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, within
the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code and as described in Section 15.3 and
Exhibit A, exists with respect to a benefit due under this Plan, the Plan
Administrator may take such actions and make or authorize such payments, as it
reasonably believes are consistent with the terms of such Order, the Plan and
with applicable law. Any action taken or payment made in accordance with the
preceding sentence shall not be deemed to be an impermissible assignment or
alienation and shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, discharge the Plan
from all liability for any benefits so paid.

         15.3 DISTRIBUTION PURSUANT TO A QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER.
Notwithstanding Section 15.2, effective January 1, 1985, distribution of a
Participant's benefits under this Plan shall be made to a Participant's spouse,
former spouse, child, or other dependent as required pursuant to a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order as defined below.

                  (a)      DEFINITION. A Qualified Domestic Relations Order
                           ("QDRO") is any judgment, decree or order (including
                           approval of a property settlement agreement) issued
                           pursuant to the domestic relations law of a state
                           (including a community property law) that relates to
                           the provision of child support, alimony payments or
                           marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse,
                           child or other dependent of a Participant (an
                           "alternate payee") and which meets the following
                           requirements:

                           (i)      The order must create, assign or recognize
                                    the right of an alternate payee to receive
                                    all or part of the Participant's benefits
                                    under the Plan.

                                       74
<PAGE>
                           (ii)     The order must clearly specify all of the
                                    following information:

                                    (1)      The names and last known mailing
                                             addresses of the Participant and
                                             alternate payee(s);

                                    (2)      The amount or percentage of the
                                             Participant's benefits to be paid
                                             by the Plan to each alternate payee
                                             or the manner in which such amount
                                             or percentage is to be determined;

                                    (3)      The number of payments or period to
                                             which the order applies; and

                                    (4)      Each plan to which the order
                                             applies.

                           (iii)    The order must not provide for any type or
                                    form of benefits, or any option not
                                    otherwise provided under the Plan; provided,
                                    however, that effective January 1, 1994, an
                                    order may provide for the commencement of
                                    benefits to an alternate payee at a time
                                    when the Participant is not yet eligible to
                                    receive a distribution under the Plan, and
                                    prior to the Participant's "earliest
                                    retirement age" under Section 414(p) of the
                                    Code.

                           (iv)     The order must not provide for any increased
                                    benefits that would not otherwise be
                                    provided under the Plan.

                           (v)      The order must not require the payment of
                                    benefits to an alternate payee that are
                                    required to be paid to another alternate
                                    payee under another order previously
                                    determined to be a QDRO.

                           The Plan Administrator shall treat a domestic
                           relations order executed before January 1, 1985 as a
                           QDRO if it is paying benefits pursuant to the order
                           on January 1, 1985. In addition, the Plan
                           Administrator, in its discretion, may treat a
                           domestic relations order executed prior to January 1,
                           1985 as a QDRO even if it does not meet the above
                           requirements and/or seek a modification of the order
                           to meet such requirements.

                  (b)      DETERMINATION BY PLAN ADMINISTRATOR. Upon receipt of
                           any document purporting to be a QDRO, the Plan
                           Administrator shall: (i) promptly notify by mail the
                           Participant and each alternate payee of the receipt
                           of the order, giving an explanation of the procedures
                           that will be followed by the Plan Administrator in
                           determining whether the document is a QDRO; (ii)
                           within a reasonable time determine whether the
                           document is a QDRO according to reasonable written
                           procedures to be established pursuant to Section 13.2
                           and this paragraph; (iii) notify the Participant and
                           each alternate payee of its determination.

                                       75
<PAGE>
                           The time period for determining the status of an
                           order and for giving notice as required above shall
                           be as established by the applicable regulations.

                  (c)      PAYMENTS UNDER QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS.
                           The Plan Administrator may establish from time to
                           time reasonable nondiscriminatory written procedures
                           pursuant to Section 13.2 and this paragraph to
                           facilitate orderly distribution of benefits pursuant
                           to QDROs. A copy of the Plan's procedures regarding
                           QDROs is attached as Exhibit A. Exhibit A may be
                           amended from time to time by the Plan Administrator
                           without a Plan amendment.

                           (i)      Separate Accounting During Determination
                                    Period. During any period in which the issue
                                    of whether a document is a QDRO is being
                                    determined, the Plan Administrator shall
                                    separately account for the amounts, if any,
                                    that would be payable to any alternate payee
                                    during such period if the document is
                                    determined to be a QDRO.

                           (ii)     Payment Upon Determination. The
                                    "determination period" shall be a period of
                                    eighteen (18) months beginning on the date
                                    on which the first payment would be required
                                    to be made under an Order if it is a QDRO.
                                    If the determination that a document is a
                                    QDRO occurs after the end of the
                                    determination period, the QDRO shall only
                                    apply prospectively from the time of the
                                    determination. In addition, if it is
                                    determined that the order is not a QDRO or
                                    if no determination is made within the
                                    determination period, any benefits payable
                                    and segregated during the determination
                                    period shall be paid to the Participant or
                                    other person(s) entitled thereto at the end
                                    of such period as if there had been no
                                    domestic relations order.

                           If the determination that a document is a QDRO occurs
                           within the determination period, the Plan
                           Administrator shall pay benefits payable and
                           segregated before the determination is made to the
                           alternate payees entitled thereto pursuant to the
                           terms of the QDRO.

                  (d)      RESPONSIBILITY OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR. If the Plan
                           Administrator acts in accordance with part 4 of Title
                           I of ERISA, Article XV of the Plan and any
                           administrative procedures established to carry out
                           the provisions of this Article XV with respect to
                           determining the qualified status of a document
                           purporting to be a QDRO, separating amounts payable
                           and making payments thereunder, the Plan's obligation
                           to the Participant and each alternate payee is
                           discharged to the extent of any payments made.

                                       76
<PAGE>
                           In the event that there is a dispute as to the
                           qualified status of a QDRO, the Plan Administrator
                           shall be prohibited from making payments pursuant
                           thereto until the dispute is resolved or until
                           expiration of the determination period. The Plan
                           Administrator may initiate any legal action, in state
                           or federal court, that it deems necessary to
                           facilitate a determination, including but not limited
                           to filing for an injunction and seeking the
                           modification of a document to comply with the
                           requirements of this Section 15.3. If an action is
                           brought in state court and the Plan Administrator
                           deems that the resolution of the matter is not in the
                           best interests of the Plan, the Plan Administrator
                           may seek a restraining order in federal court.

                           Notwithstanding Section 13.2 hereof, any legal
                           expenses incurred in resolving a dispute involving
                           the qualified status of a QDRO shall be borne by the
                           alternate payee to the extent permissible under
                           federal pension laws.

                                       77
<PAGE>
                   ARTICLE XVI - ADOPTION OF PLAN BY AFFILIATE

         16.1 PURPOSE OF ARTICLE. The purpose of this Article XVI is to describe
the terms and conditions under which an Affiliate may adopt, and become a
Participating Company under, the Plan and Trust for the benefit of some or all
of its Eligible Employees.

         16.2 ADOPTION BY AFFILIATE. Any Affiliate may, with the consent of the
Company, become a Participating Company under the Plan and Trust by a vote of
the board of directors of the Participating Company directing that:

                  (a)      The Participating Company shall agree to be bound by
                           all the provisions of the Plan and Trust in the
                           manner set forth herein and any amendments thereto.

                  (b)      The Participating Company shall agree to pay its
                           share of the expenses of the Plan and Trust as they
                           may be determined from time to time in the manner
                           specified herein.

                  (c)      The Participating Company shall agree to provide the
                           Company, Plan Administrator, Trustee, and Appeal
                           Committee with full, complete, and timely information
                           on all matters necessary to operation of the Plan and
                           Trust.

         16.3 PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN.

                  (a)      In the event of the adoption of the Plan and Trust by
                           an Affiliate, the Affiliate shall become a
                           Participating Company and all the terms and
                           conditions of the Plan and Trust as set forth
                           hereunder shall apply to the participation under the
                           Plan of such Affiliate and its Employees in the
                           manner as set forth herein. Notwithstanding the
                           foregoing, the following rights are specifically
                           reserved to the Company so long as the Company
                           participates under the Plan:

                           (i)      the right to designate a Participating
                                    Company;

                           (ii)     the right to appoint the Plan Administrator
                                    and the members of the Appeal Committee;

                           (iii)    the right to direct, appoint, remove,
                                    approve the accounts of, or otherwise deal
                                    with the Trustee ; and

                           (iv)     the right to amend or terminate the Plan and
                                    Trust. Any such amendment, unless otherwise
                                    specified herein, shall be fully binding
                                    with respect to participation by any
                                    Participating Company; provided that this
                                    reservation shall in no event be

                                       78
<PAGE>
                                    construed to prevent any Participating
                                    Company from terminating its participation
                                    as a Participating Company under the Plan at
                                    any time, in the manner set forth herein.

                  (b)      With respect to a Participating Company, the term
                           "Effective Date" shall mean such date specified by
                           the board of directors of such Participating Company
                           and approved by the Company, in conjunction with the
                           adoption of the Plan by the Participating Company.

         16.4 TERMINATION BY A PARTICIPATING COMPANY. Any Participating Company
may at any time elect to terminate its participation under the Plan in the
manner set forth herein subject to any unfunded liability attributable to its
respective Employees. Termination of the participation of any Participating
Company shall not affect the participation in the Plan of any other
Participating Company nor terminate the Plan or Trust with respect to such other
Participating Companies and their Employees; provided, that, if the Company
shall terminate its participation in the Plan, then each remaining Participating
Company shall make such arrangements and take such action as may be necessary to
assume the duties of the Company in providing for the operation and continued
administration of the Plan and Trust as the same pertains to the remaining
Participating Companies. Any actions under this Section 16.4 shall only be taken
after compliance with all applicable legal requirements.

         16.5 PARTICIPATING COMPANY PLAN EXPENSES. Each Participating Company
shall be liable for and shall pay at least annually to the Company its fair
share of the expenses of operating the Plan and Trust, including its share of
any Trustee's fees, as determined annually by the Company. The amount of such
charges to each Participating Company shall be determined by the Company in its
sole discretion; provided, that, except with respect to charges incurred solely
on account of a particular Participating Company, a Participating Company shall
not be charged for a greater portion of any expenses of Plan operation than the
ratio that the number of Participants who are or were its Employees bears to the
total of all Participants nor for a greater proportion of any Trustee's fees
than the ratio that the portion of the Trust Fund pertaining to Participants who
are or were its Employees bears to the total Trust Fund.

         16.6 COMPANY AS AGENT. With respect to all of its relations with the
Trustee, Plan Administrator and Appeal Committee for the purpose of this Plan,
each Participating Company shall be deemed to have designated irrevocably the
Company as its agent.

         16.7 TRANSFERRED EMPLOYEES. An Employee may be transferred between
Participating Companies, and in the event of any such transfer, the Employee
involved shall retain any accumulated Vesting Service and Accounts. No such
transfer shall constitute a Termination from Service hereunder, and the
Participating Company to which the Employee is transferred shall thereupon
become obligated hereunder with respect to such Employee in the same manner as
was the Participating Company from whom the Employee was transferred.

                  An Employee who transfers employment from a Participating
Company to an Affiliate who is not a Participating Company shall cease to be an
Active Participant as of the date of such transfer, but such transfer shall not
constitute a Termination from Service. An

                                       79
<PAGE>
Employee who transfers employment from an Affiliate that is not a Participating
Company to a Participating Company shall commence participation in the Plan as
provided under Article II, with any Vesting Service credited while an Employee
of the nonparticipating Affiliate taken into account.

         16.8 CONTRIBUTIONS TO TRUST FUND. All contributions made by a
Participating Company, as provided for in this Plan, shall be determined
separately on the basis of its respective Employee cost attributable to its
respective Employees' Pay for the Plan Year and shall be paid to and held by the
Trustee for the exclusive benefit of the Employees of such Participating Company
and the Beneficiaries of such Employees, subject to all terms and conditions of
this Plan. The Plan Administrator shall keep separate books and records
concerning the affairs of each Participating Company hereunder and as to the
accounts and credits of the Employees of each Participating Company. The Trustee
may, but need not, register insurance company contracts so as to evidence that a
particular Participating Company is the interested Employer hereunder, but in
the event an Employee transfers from one Participating Company to another, the
employing Employer shall immediately notify the administrator thereof.

         16.9 COMMON PROCEDURES AND RULES. The Company shall have authority at
all times upon notice duly given, to make any and all necessary common rules or
regulations, which shall be binding upon all Participating Companies or to
expedite and effectuate the common purposes of this Article XVI. The decisions
of the Company, the Trustee, the Plan Administrator, the Appeal Committee or the
Benefit Finance Committee shall be binding on all Participating Companies.

         16.10 CONTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER. Contributions by a
Participating Company shall be made based on the Plan Year and shall be made for
its fiscal year which is coincident with or ends within the Plan Year as
designated in Section 1.48.

                                       80
<PAGE>
              ARTICLE XVII - PROVISIONS RELATING TO TOP-HEAVY PLAN

         17.1 APPLICABILITY. The provisions of this Article XVII shall apply to
any Plan Year if, as of the applicable Determination Date, the Plan constitutes
a Top-Heavy Plan.

         17.2 DEFINITIONS. The following definitions apply to this Article XVII
and unless otherwise specifically stated in another section hereof do not apply
to any other section of the Plan.

                  (a)      DETERMINATION DATE. With respect to each Plan Year,
                           the Determination Date shall be the final day of the
                           immediately preceding Plan Year; provided, however,
                           that with regard to the Plan's initial Plan Year the
                           "Determination Date" shall be the last day of the
                           first Plan Year.

                  (b)      KEY EMPLOYEE. Key Employee shall mean any Employee
                           who, at any time during the Plan Year as of which a
                           determination is made or any of the four (4)
                           preceding Plan Years, is (in accordance with Section
                           416(i) of the Code and the regulations promulgated
                           thereunder):

                           (i)      an officer of an Employer or any Affiliate
                                    whose annual compensation from the Employer
                                    and all Affiliates during any such Plan Year
                                    exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the maximum
                                    dollar limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A)
                                    of the Code as in effect for any such Plan
                                    Year; provided, that no more than fifty (50)
                                    Employees (or, if lesser, the greater of
                                    three (3) or ten (10) percent of the
                                    Employees) shall be treated as officers;

                           (ii)     one of the ten (10) Employees owning or
                                    considered as owning (within the meaning of
                                    Section 318 of the Code) the largest
                                    interests in the Employer or any Affiliate,
                                    excluding, however, any Employee who did not
                                    receive compensation from the Employer and
                                    all Affiliates in excess of the maximum
                                    dollar limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A)
                                    of the Code as in effect for the calendar
                                    year of the Determination Date; provided,
                                    that for the purposes of this paragraph
                                    (ii), if two (2) Employees have the same
                                    interest in the Employer or an Affiliate,
                                    the Employee whose annual compensation from
                                    the Employer or such Affiliate is greater
                                    shall be treated as having the greater
                                    interest;

                           (iii)    an Employee who owns (or is considered as
                                    owning within the meaning of Section 318 of
                                    the Code) more than five percent (5%) of the
                                    outstanding stock of the Employer or stock
                                    possessing more than five percent (5%) of
                                    the total combined voting power of all stock
                                    of the Employer or any Affiliate; or

                                       81
<PAGE>
                           (iv)     an Employee who (A) owns (or is considered
                                    as owning within the meaning of Section 318
                                    of the Code) more than one percent (1%) of
                                    the outstanding stock of the Employer or
                                    more than one percent (1%) of the total
                                    combined voting power of all stock of the
                                    Employer and (B) who receives annual
                                    compensation from the Employer and all
                                    Affiliates in excess of one hundred fifty
                                    thousand dollars ($150,000).

                           (v)      For the purpose of applying Section 318 of
                                    the Code under paragraphs (ii), (iii) and
                                    (iv) of this subsection (b), the phrase "50
                                    percent" in Section 318(a)(2) of the Code
                                    shall be replaced by the phrase "5 percent."

                  (c)      NON-KEY EMPLOYEE. Any Employee who is not a Key
                           Employee.

                  (d)      AGGREGATED PLANS. "Aggregated Plans" shall mean (i)
                           all plans of the Employer or any Affiliate (A) that
                           are qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and
                           (B) in which a Key Employee is a participant, and
                           (ii) all other plans of the Employer or any Affiliate
                           that enable any plan described in clause (i) above to
                           meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b)
                           of the Code (the "Required Aggregation Group"). The
                           Required Aggregation Group shall include each plan
                           that satisfies the requirements of the preceding
                           sentence, whether or not any such plan is terminated.
                           In addition, the term "Aggregated Plans" shall
                           include any plan of the Employer or any Affiliate
                           that is not required to be included in the Required
                           Aggregation Group; provided, that the resulting
                           group, taken as a whole, continues to meet the
                           requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) of the
                           Code (the "Permissive Aggregation Group"). The Plan
                           Administrator may elect to exclude as an Aggregated
                           Plan any plan in the Permissive Aggregation Group
                           that is a collectively bargained plan, if the
                           necessary information as to participants and benefits
                           with respect to such plan is not available.

                  (e)      TOP-HEAVY PLAN. The Plan shall constitute a
                           "Top-Heavy Plan" for any Plan Year if, as of the
                           applicable Determination Date, the sum of (A) the
                           accounts of Key Employees under any Aggregated Plan
                           that is of a defined contribution type and (B) the
                           present value of the cumulative accrued benefits of
                           Key Employees under any Aggregated Plan that is of a
                           defined benefit type exceed sixty percent (60%) of
                           the sum of (X) the accounts of all Employees under
                           any Aggregated Plan that is of a defined contribution
                           type and (Y) the present value of the cumulative
                           accrued benefits of all Employees under any
                           Aggregated Plan that is of a defined benefit type.
                           The above determinations shall be made in accordance
                           with Section 416(g) of the Code.

                                       82
<PAGE>
                  (f)      SUPER TOP-HEAVY PLAN. The Plan shall constitute a
                           "Super Top-Heavy Plan" for any Plan Year if, as of
                           the applicable Determination Date, the sum of (A) the
                           accounts of Key Employees under any Aggregated Plan
                           that is of a defined contribution type and (B) the
                           present value of the cumulative accrued benefits of
                           Key Employees under any Aggregated Plan that is of a
                           defined benefit type exceed ninety percent (90%) of
                           the sum of (X) the accounts of all Employees under
                           any Aggregated Plan that is of a defined contribution
                           type and (Y) the present value of the cumulative
                           accrued benefits of all Employees under any
                           Aggregated Plan that is of a defined benefit type.
                           The above determination shall be made in accordance
                           with Sections 416(g) and 416(h)(2)(B) of the Code.

                  (g)      SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO DETERMINATION OF ACCRUED
                           BENEFIT OR ACCOUNT BALANCES. In determining the
                           present value of accrued benefits or account balances
                           for Aggregated Plans, the following rules shall
                           apply:

                           (i)      The accrued benefit for each current
                                    Employee shall be computed as if the
                                    Employee voluntarily terminated service as
                                    of the Determination Date.

                           (ii)     The interest rate used to determine accrued
                                    benefits shall be the plan's actuarial
                                    equivalent interest rate and post-retirement
                                    mortality shall be determined based on the
                                    1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table for
                                    Males. There shall be no assumption as to
                                    preretirement mortality or future increases
                                    in cost of living.

                           (iii)    If a qualified joint and survivor annuity
                                    within the meaning of Section 401(a)(11) of
                                    the Code is the normal form of benefit, the
                                    spouse of the participant shall be assumed
                                    to be the same age as the participant for
                                    purposes of determining the present value of
                                    the accrued benefit.

                           (iv)     The present value of each accrued benefit
                                    shall reflect a benefit payable commencing
                                    at normal retirement age (or attained age,
                                    if later), provided that if the plan
                                    provides for a nonproportional subsidy, the
                                    benefit shall be assumed to commence at the
                                    age at which the benefit is most valuable.

                           (v)      The employer contribution account shall be
                                    determined as of the most recent valuation
                                    occurring within the twelve (12) month
                                    period ending on the Determination Date.

                           (vi)     An adjustment shall be made for any
                                    contributions due as of the Determination
                                    Date. In the case of a plan not subject to
                                    Section 412 of the Code, such adjustment
                                    shall be the amount of any contributions
                                    actually made after the Valuation Date but
                                    before the

                                       83
<PAGE>
                                    Determination Date, except that for the
                                    first Plan Year such adjustment shall also
                                    reflect the amount of any contributions made
                                    after the Determination Date that are
                                    allocated as of a date in the first Plan
                                    Year.

                           (vii)    The accrued benefit or account balance with
                                    respect to any Employee shall be increased
                                    by the aggregate distributions made to such
                                    Employee from any Aggregated Plan during the
                                    five (5) year period ending on the
                                    Determination Date; provided, however, that
                                    any distribution made after a Valuation Date
                                    but before the Determination Date shall not
                                    be counted as a distribution to the extent
                                    already included as of the Valuation Date.

                           (viii)   Any Employee contributions, whether
                                    voluntary or mandatory, shall be included.
                                    However, amounts attributable to tax
                                    deductible qualified employee contributions
                                    shall not be considered to be a part of the
                                    account.

                           (ix)     With respect to unrelated rollovers and
                                    plan-to-plan transfers (ones which are both
                                    initiated by the Employee and made from a
                                    plan maintained by one Employer to a plan
                                    maintained by another Employer), the plan
                                    from which the rollover or plan-to-plan
                                    transfer is initiated shall consider such
                                    amounts to be distributed for the purpose of
                                    this Article XVII. The plan accepting such
                                    rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers shall
                                    not consider rollovers or plan-to-plan
                                    transfers accepted after December 31, 1983
                                    as part of the Employee's benefit. However,
                                    rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers accepted
                                    before January 1, 1984 shall be considered
                                    as part of the Employee's benefit.

                           (x)      Related rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers
                                    (ones which are either not initiated by the
                                    Employee or not made to a plan maintained by
                                    the Employer) shall not be considered as a
                                    distribution for purposes of this Article
                                    XVII. The plan accepting such rollover or
                                    plan-to-plan transfer shall consider such
                                    rollover or plan-to-plan transfer as part of
                                    the Employee's benefit, irrespective of the
                                    date on which such rollover or plan-to-plan
                                    transfer is accepted.

                           (xi)     For purposes of determining whether the
                                    Employer is the same employer under (ix) and
                                    (x) above, the Employer and all Affiliates
                                    shall be treated as the same Employer.

                           (xii)    For purposes of this Article XVII, a
                                    Beneficiary of any deceased Employee shall
                                    be considered a Participant hereunder.

                                       84
<PAGE>
                           (xiii)   Notwithstanding any other provision of the
                                    Plan to the contrary, no individual shall be
                                    counted as an Employee or Participant for
                                    the purposes of this Article XVII if such
                                    individual has not received compensation
                                    (other than benefits under the Plan) during
                                    the five (5) year period ending on a
                                    Determination Date.

                           (viv)    Solely for the purpose of determining if the
                                    Plan, or any other plan in the Required
                                    Aggregation Group of which this Plan is
                                    part, is Top-Heavy, the accrued benefit of
                                    an individual other than a Key Employee
                                    shall be determined under (A) the method, if
                                    any, that uniformly applies for accrual
                                    purposes under all plans maintained by
                                    Employers, or (B) if there is no such
                                    method, as if such benefit accrued not more
                                    rapidly than the slowest accrual rate
                                    permitted under the fractional accrual rule
                                    of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

                  (h)      TOP-HEAVY PLAN YEAR. "Top-Heavy Plan Year" shall mean
                           a Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan but
                           shall not include any Plan Year ending before January
                           1, 1984.

                  (i)      TOP-HEAVY COMPENSATION. "Top-Heavy Compensation"
                           shall mean compensation from the Employer and all
                           Affiliates within the meaning of Section 415 of the
                           Code, which shall mean the compensation stated on an
                           Employee's Form W-2 for the calendar year that ends
                           with or within the Plan Year. Includible in
                           compensation shall be the value of a non-qualified
                           stock option granted to an employee by the Employer
                           to the extent that the value of the option is
                           includible in gross income. Compensation does not
                           include amounts contributed to a plan of deferred
                           compensation that are not included in gross income;
                           any distributions from a plan of deferred
                           compensation; amounts realized from the exercise of a
                           non-qualified stock option; and amounts realized from
                           the sale of stock acquired under a qualified stock
                           option. In determining average compensation for
                           Top-Heavy purposes, years for which the Employee did
                           not earn a year of service shall be disregarded.
                           Also, compensation received for years ending in Plan
                           Years beginning before January 1, 1984 and
                           compensation received for years beginning after the
                           close of the last Plan Year in which the plan is
                           Top-Heavy may be disregarded.

                  (j)      TESTING PERIOD. "Testing Period" shall mean the five
                           (5) consecutive Top-Heavy Plan Years of employment of
                           the Participant by the Employer or any Affiliate
                           during which the aggregate Top-Heavy Compensation
                           paid by the Employer or any Affiliate to such
                           Participant was the highest, or if the Plan was a
                           Top-Heavy Plan for less than five (5) Top-Heavy Plan
                           Years, the number of Top-Heavy Plan Years. Exclusion
                           of a Plan Year as a Top-Heavy Plan Year because a
                           year of service was not credited or

                                       85
<PAGE>
                           because of item (i) or (ii) of subparagraph (h) above
                           shall not be deemed to break the consecutive nature
                           of the surrounding Top-Heavy Plan Years.

         17.3 MINIMUM BENEFIT. Each Non-Key Employee shall receive the minimum
benefit required by Section 416(c) of the Code in each Plan Year in which the
Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan under the Retirement Plan for Employees of Aetna
Services, Inc.

         17.4 SECTION 415 ADJUSTMENTS. In the event the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan
for any Plan Year, 100% shall be substituted for 125% in Section 4.4 unless (a)
the Plan is not a Super Top-Heavy Plan and (b) no additional benefit would be
accrued under Section 17.3 hereof if, for each Plan Year in which the Plan
constituted a Top-Heavy Plan, "3%" was substituted for "2%" and "20%" was
increased by one percent (1%), up to a maximum increase of thirty percent (30%),
under Section 416(c)(1)(B) of the Code.

                                       86
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE XVIII - MISCELLANEOUS

         18.1 BENEFITS SOLELY FROM TRUST FUND. As a condition precedent to
participation in the Plan, each Employee agrees to look solely to the assets of
the Trust for the payment of any Plan benefits to which he or she is entitled.

         18.2 LIABILITY FOR BENEFITS, CONTRIBUTIONS AND EXPENSES.

                  (a)      The Employer assumes no responsibility or liability
                           for the payment of benefits under this Plan. Such
                           benefits shall be paid solely from the Trust Fund in
                           accordance with the terms and conditions of this
                           Plan.

                  (b)      The Employer is not legally obligated to make
                           contributions (other than Deferral Contributions or
                           Voluntary Contributions withheld from the Pay of an
                           Active Participant) to the Trust Fund. No action or
                           suit shall be brought by any Participant or other
                           person against the Employer to compel contributions.

                  (c)      If benefits are payable to a minor or incompetent or
                           to a person incapable of handling the disposition of
                           his or her property, the Plan Administrator may
                           instruct the Trustee to pay such benefits to the
                           guardian, legal representative or person having the
                           care and custody of such person. Such distribution
                           shall completely discharge the Employer and Trustee
                           from all liability with respect to such benefit.

                  (d)      The Employer shall pay all expenses of the Trust Fund
                           to the extent such expenses are not paid out of the
                           Trust Fund.

         18.3 RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to
give any Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to
interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge such Employee at any time,
nor shall it be deemed to give the Employer the right to require the Employee to
remain in its service, nor shall it interfere with the Employee's right to
terminate service at any time.

                                       87
<PAGE>
         18.4 TAXES AND FEES.

                  (a)      Any taxes that may be levied or assigned upon the
                           assets of the Trust Fund or upon the income arising
                           therefrom or that may be incurred by the Trustee in
                           the performance of its duties shall be paid pursuant
                           to the terms of Section 14.5.

                  (b)      Payment of the Trustee's fees and of any indebtedness
                           incurred by the Trustee in the performance of its
                           duties shall be made pursuant to the terms of
                           Sections 14.5 and 14.6.

         18.5 DIRECT ROLLOVERS.

                  (a)      This Section 18.5 applies to distributions made on or
                           after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any other
                           provision of the Plan to the contrary that would
                           limit a distributee's election under this Section
                           18.5, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the
                           manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have
                           all or any portion of an Eligible Rollover
                           Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement
                           Plan specified by the distributee in a direct
                           rollover.

                  (b)      An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution
                           of any portion of the balance to the credit of the
                           distributee that is greater than the amount permitted
                           by law to be excluded from the direct rollover
                           option, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution
                           does not include: (i) any distribution that is one of
                           a series of substantially equal periodic payments (to
                           be made not less frequently than annually) made for
                           the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or
                           the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the
                           distributee and the distributee's designated
                           beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years
                           or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such
                           distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of
                           the Code; (iii) the portion of any distribution that
                           is not includible in gross income (determined without
                           regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
                           appreciation with respect to employer securities);
                           (iv) corrective distributions of Excess Contributions
                           or Excess Deferrals, and income allocable to such
                           contributions; and (v) loans treated as distributions
                           under Section 72(p) of the Code and loans in default
                           that are deemed distributions.

                                       88
<PAGE>
                  (c)      An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual
                           retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the
                           Code, an individual retirement annuity described in
                           Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described
                           in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust
                           described in Section 401(a) of the Code that is
                           legally permitted to accept the distributee's
                           Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case
                           of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a surviving
                           spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan includes only an
                           individual retirement account or individual
                           retirement annuity.

                  (d)      A distributee includes an Employee or former
                           Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former
                           Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee's or
                           former Employee's spouse or former spouse who is the
                           alternate payee under a QDRO are distributees with
                           regard to the interest of the spouse or former
                           spouse.

                  (e)      A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the
                           Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the
                           distributee.

         18.6 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS. An Eligible Employee may make a direct
rollover from another retirement plan qualified under Section 401 of the Code to
the Plan. In addition, an Eligible Employee who has had distributed his or her
entire interest in a plan that meets the requirements of Section 401(a) of the
Code may, in accordance with procedures approved by the Plan Administrator,
transfer to the Trustee of this Plan that portion of the distribution, which is
received from such other plan and which satisfies the "rollover" requirements of
Section 402(a)(5) of the Code; provided the following conditions are met:

                  (a)      the transfer occurs on or before the 60th day
                           following receipt of the distribution from such other
                           plan (unless such distribution was deposited in an
                           Individual Retirement Account as described in item
                           (b) below); or

                  (b)      the distribution from such other plan qualifies as a
                           lump sum distribution within the meaning of Section
                           402(e)(4)(A) of the Code and the amount transferred
                           is equal to the distribution received from such other
                           plan which was rolled over into an Individual
                           Retirement Account established solely for the purpose
                           of holding such distribution (and to which no other
                           contributions were directed by the Participant), plus
                           earnings accrued during the period such distribution
                           was held in the Individual Retirement Account.

                                       89
<PAGE>
                  The Plan Administrator may require such information from an
Employee desiring to make a rollover as it deems necessary or desirable to
determine that the proposed rollover will meet the requirements of this
paragraph 18.6. Any amounts rolled over under this Section 18.6 shall be
transferred to the Trust Fund and shall be credited to such Employee's Rollover
Account, except that, with respect to rollovers made before January 1, 1986, the
amounts transferred shall be allocated among the Participant's Accounts based
upon the nature of the amounts rolled over. The Employee shall at all times be
one hundred percent (100%) vested in amounts rolled over under this Section.

         18.7 APPLICABLE STATE LAW. This Plan shall be construed in accordance
with and governed by the laws of the state of Connecticut; provided, however,
that any matters relating solely to actions and operations of the Trustee and
the Trust Fund shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that such laws have
been superseded by Federal law, Federal law shall govern.

         18.8 SECTION 16 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT. All elections and transactions
under the Plan by persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act involving
Stock or the Stock Account are intended to comply with all applicable exemptive
conditions under Rule 16b-3. The Employer, by action of the Board (or by action
of any person(s) to which the Board may delegate its authority), may establish
and adopt written administrative guidelines, designed to facilitate compliance
with Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as it may deem necessary or proper for
the administration and operation of the Plan and the transaction of business
thereunder. To the extent that any provision of the Plan or any act taken with
respect to the Plan is inconsistent with Section 16 of the Exchange Act,
including, without limitation, Rule 16b-3, such provision, guideline or act
shall be deemed null and void, as permitted by applicable law.

         18.9 MANNER OF COMMUNICATIONS. In accordance with procedures
established by the Plan Administrator, and to the extent permissible under
applicable law, any elections, designations or other communications from
Participants, and any communications to Participants, with respect to the Plan
may be made electronically rather than in writing.

                                       90
<PAGE>
         18.10 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE. Notwithstanding any provision of this
Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to
qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of
the Code.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be
duly executed by its agents thereunto duly authorized, and the Trustee, in
acceptance hereof and of the Trust hereby created, has caused this Trust to be
signed and sealed by its individual members, all as of the day and year first
above stated.

                                       AETNA SERVICES, INC.

                                       By:     /s/ Elease E. Wright
                                               _________________________

                                       Title:  Senior Vice President
                                               _________________________
                                               Aetna Human Resources

                                       91
<PAGE>
                                  ATTACHMENT I

                       ACQUIRED EMPLOYERS - SERVICE CREDIT

CAUTION:          (1)    THE PROVISIONS BELOW RELATE ONLY TO EMPLOYEES EMPLOYED
                         ON THE DATE OF ACQUISITION.

                  (2)    THE PROVISIONS BELOW DO NOT APPLY WHERE A SPECIFIC PLAN
                         PROVISION STATES OTHERWISE.

                  (3)    SERVICE NOT CONSIDERED BY THE ACQUIRED EMPLOYER WILL
                         NOT BE GIVEN CREDIT.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            EMPLOYER                                                         VESTING SERVICE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>
Partners National Health Plans ("PNHP")             Date of Hire by PNHP or Date of Hire into HMO acquired by PNHP.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Human Affairs International ("HAI")                 Date of Hire by HAI (may be prior to Date of Acquisition).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aetna Health Plans of New Jersey                    Date of Hire by Healthways (may be prior to Date of Acquisition).
(previously known as Healthways)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bay Pacific ("BP")                                  Date of Hire by BP (may be prior to the Date of Acquisition).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Freedom Health Care, Inc. ("FHCI")                  Date of Hire by FHCI (may be prior to the Date of Acquisition).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                       92
<PAGE>
                                  ATTACHMENT II

                             PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      B.                       C.                       D.
                        A.                                      ORIGINAL DATE          TAX IDENTIFICATION             END OF
              PARTICIPATING COMPANIES                            OF INCLUSION          NUMBER OF EMPLOYER           FISCAL YEAR
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>                    <C>                          <C>
Aetna Services, Inc.                                                9/1/72                 06-0843808                  12/31
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aetna Life Insurance Company                                        9/1/72                 06-6033492                  12/31
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aeltus Investment Management Inc.                                  1/26/73                 06-0888148                  12/31
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company                            9/1/72                 71-0294708                  12/31
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aetna U.S. Healthcare Dental Plan of California, Inc.               1/1/98                 06-1160812                  12/31
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aetna Healthcare of California, Inc.                                1/1/98                 95-3402799                  12/31
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aetna International, Inc.                                           1/1/98                 06-1028458                  12/31
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The Plan as restated herein shall be effective as of January 1, 1999 with
respect to the above Employers for whom the Original Date of Inclusion was
January 1, 1999 or earlier. The Plan shall be effective with respect to any
other Employer as of the applicable Original Date of Inclusion.

                                       93
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A

                              AETNA SERVICES, INC.
                 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS PROCEDURES

                   Aetna Services, Inc. Incentive Savings Plan

         Aetna Services, Inc. (as Plan Administrator) shall pay benefits to the
person or persons named in a Qualified Domestic Relations Order ("QDRO") as
defined in Section 206(d) of ERISA and as set forth in Section 414(p) of the
Internal Revenue Code in the amount and to the extent provided in such order.
Payment of benefits pursuant to a QDRO shall not be considered a violation of
the prohibition against assignment and alienation contained in Section 15.2 of
the Aetna Services, Inc. Incentive Savings Plan (hereinafter referred to as "the
Plan" or "ISP") document.

         Upon receipt of a draft or an actual domestic relations order, the ISP
account of the Participant will be frozen as soon as administratively
practicable. This means that the Participant will not be able to obtain any
distributions, withdrawals or loans. If a court-issued domestic relations order
is not received within 90 days, the "freeze" will be revoked. If a court-issued
domestic relations order is received within 90 days, it will be processed in
accordance with these procedures. The 18-month "determination period" referred
to in Section 4 below will not begin until after a court-issued domestic
relations order is actually received; any period during which an ISP account is
frozen prior to receipt of a court-issued domestic relations order will not be
included within that period.

         Final orders must be a certified copy, signed by the judge or clerk of
the court. In order to constitute a QDRO, the order must meet all of the
following requirements:

         1.       GENERAL.

                  The order must create or recognize the existence of the right
                  of an Alternate Payee, (as defined in Section 8 of these
                  procedures), to, or must assign to an Alternate Payee the
                  right to, receive all or a portion of the benefits payable
                  under the Plan with respect to a Participant.

                  The order must constitute a judgment, decree or order
                  (including approval of a property settlement agreement) that
                  relates to provisions of child support, alimony payments or
                  property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child or other
                  dependent of a Participant, made pursuant to a state domestic
                  relations law (including a community property law).

                                       94
<PAGE>
         2.       REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS.

                  The order must specify the following information:

                  (a)      The name and last known mailing address (if any) of
                           the Participant.

                  (b)      The name and mailing address of each Alternate Payee
                           covered by the order. (If the Alternate Payee is a
                           minor or legally incompetent, specify the name and
                           address of the Alternate Payee's legal
                           representative.)

                  (c)      The dollar amount or percentage of the Participant's
                           benefits to be paid by the plan to each such
                           Alternate Payee, or the manner in which such amount
                           or percentage is to be determined.

                  (d)      The number of payments or periods to which such order
                           applies. The order must be as specific as possible
                           with respect to the dollar amount or percentage of
                           the participant's benefit to which the Alternate
                           Payee is entitled. The order must specify the exact
                           date as of which the account should be valued. ISP
                           accounts are valued daily. If the Alternate Payee is
                           entitled to earnings on the benefit to which the
                           Alternate payee is entitled, the order should so
                           state. Earnings on the Alternate Payee's interest
                           will be credited for the period during which the
                           qualified status of the order is being determined, in
                           accordance with 4(d) below.

                  (e)      The name of each plan to which the order applies.

                  (f)      The order must not require the Plan to provide any
                           type or form of benefit, or any option, not otherwise
                           provided under the terms of the Plan, nor require the
                           Plan to provide increased benefits (determined on the
                           basis of actuarial value) nor require the payment of
                           benefits to an Alternate Payee that are required to
                           be paid to an Alternate Payee under a previous
                           Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the order may require
                           the payment of benefits to an Alternate Payee while
                           the Participant is still employed.

                           If the order specifies a dollar amount to be paid to
                           the Alternate Payee such amount may not exceed the
                           Participant's vested balance in the Plan. Amounts
                           payable to an Alternate Payee shall be distributed
                           proportionately from the Participant's account unless
                           specified otherwise in the order.

                           Please note, the normal form of payment from ISP is
                           in the form of one lump sum payment.

                                       95
<PAGE>
                           The order must specify one of the following:

                           -        Immediate distribution to the Alternate
                                    Payee; or

                           -        Deferral of distribution to Alternate Payee.
                                    Separate account to be established for
                                    Alternate Payee, with distribution to be
                                    made:

                                    (i)   At election of Alternate Payee.

                                    (ii)  At the time Participant begins receipt
                                          of benefits.

                                    (iii) At Participant's attainment of normal
                                          retirement age, or

                                    (iv)  On a specified date.

                           If Participant is already receiving a distribution in
                           installment payments, distribution of specified
                           portion of each payment may be made to alternate
                           Payee.

         3.       PAYMENTS DURING PARTICIPANT'S EMPLOYMENT.

                  As indicated above, the normal form of payment from the Plan
                  is in the form of one lump sum payment. The Alternate Payee
                  may receive payments in accordance with the terms of the Plan
                  during the Participant's employment.

                  The Alternate Payee may receive payments in any form available
                  under the terms of the Plan.

         4.       PROCEDURES.

                  Upon receipt of any domestic relations order by the Plan, the
                  Plan Administrator shall take the following steps:

                  (a)      Upon receipt of an order, the ISP account of the
                           Participant will be frozen. (This means that the
                           Participant will not be able to obtain any
                           distributions, withdrawals or loans.) The Plan
                           Administrator shall notify the Participant and any
                           Alternate Payee named in such order of the receipt of
                           a domestic relations order and the Plan's procedures
                           for determining whether such order is a QDRO, unless
                           notified earlier. The notice to the Alternate Payee
                           shall include a statement that the Alternate Payee is
                           entitled to designate a representative for receipt of
                           copies of any notices that are sent to the Alternate
                           Payee with respect to a domestic relations order. The
                           notice shall be sent to the Participant and Alternate
                           Payee at the address specified in the order, or if
                           none is specified, at the address of the Participant
                           or Alternate Payee last known to the Plan
                           Administrator.

                  (b)      Within a reasonable period of time after receipt of
                           such order, the Plan Administrator shall determine
                           whether such order is a QDRO, and notify

                                       96
<PAGE>
                           the Participant and each Alternate Payee of such
                           determination. In making its determination, the Plan
                           Administrator may seek the advice of legal counsel as
                           to whether the order meets the requirements of
                           Sections 1 and 2 of these procedures and may, but
                           shall not be required to, invite written or oral
                           statements by the Participant and the Alternate Payee
                           or their representatives.

                  (c)      Pending the Plan Administrator's determination of
                           whether a domestic relations order is a QDRO, the
                           Plan Administrator shall instruct the Trustee to
                           separately account for the amounts that would be
                           payable to the Alternate Payee during such period if
                           the order is determined to be a QDRO (the "Segregated
                           Amounts").

                  (d)      If, within 18 months from the date on which the first
                           payment would be required to be made under the QDRO
                           (the "determination period"), it is determined that
                           the order is a QDRO, the Segregated Amounts,
                           including any interest thereon, shall be transferred
                           to a segregated account for the Alternate Payee until
                           payment is made to the Alternate Payee pursuant to
                           the terms of the QDRO.

                  (e)      If the order is determined not to be a QDRO, the Plan
                           Administrator will send a notice of the determination
                           to the affected parties. The parties will have the
                           opportunity to correct and resubmit the order until
                           the end of the 18-month period, which begins on the
                           date on which the first payment would have been made
                           had the order been a QDRO. During this period, the
                           amount which would have been payable to the Alternate
                           Payee (if the order had been a QDRO) will be
                           separately accounted for as required under section
                           414(p) of the Internal Revenue Code. If a QDRO is not
                           received, or if no determination is made by the Plan
                           Administrator by the end of the 18-month period
                           described above, the Segregated Amounts will remain
                           in the account(s) of the person(s) who would have
                           been entitled to such amount if an order had not been
                           issued.

                  (f)      If, after the expiration of the 18-month period
                           described above, it is subsequently determined that
                           an order is a QDRO, the QDRO shall be applied
                           prospectively only.

                  (g)      If action is taken in accordance with subparagraphs
                           (d) through (f), the Plan's obligation to the
                           Participant and each Alternate Payee shall be
                           discharged to the extent of any payment made pursuant
                           to the QDRO.

                                       97
<PAGE>
         5.       RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER PLAN PROVISIONS.

                  To the extent provided in the QDRO, the Plan shall treat the
                  former spouse of a Participant as the Spouse of the
                  Participant for purposes of the Plan to the extent, and only
                  to the extent, such spouse has rights pursuant to Section
                  206(d) of ERISA and Sections 401 (a)(11) and 417 of the Code
                  and any current Spouse of the Participant shall not be treated
                  as a Spouse of the Participant for such purposes.

         6.       BENEFICIARY STATUS.

                  Each Alternate Payee shall be treated as a Beneficiary under
                  the Plan, with all the rights accorded to other Beneficiaries
                  under the terms thereof and as otherwise provided by law.

         7.       EFFECTIVE DATE.

                  The provisions above are effective for QDROs entered on or
                  after January 1,1985, except that, in the case of a domestic
                  relations order entered before January 1, 1985, the Plan
                  Administrator (i) may treat such order as a QDRO even though
                  such order fails to meet the requirements of Section 2 of the
                  Plan document and (ii) must treat such order as a QDRO if
                  benefits are being paid pursuant to such order on January 1,
                  1985.

         8.       DEFINITIONS.

                  "Alternate Payee" means the Participant's spouse, former
                  spouse, child or other dependent of the Participant who is
                  recognized as having a right to receive all, or a portion of,
                  the benefits payable under the Plan with respect to that
                  Participant. All other capitalized terms shall have the
                  meaning set forth in Article I of the Aetna Services, Inc.
                  Incentive Savings Plan.

         9.       SERVICE.

                  Orders should be forwarded to the following address:

                              AETNA SERVICES, INC.
                              151 Farmington Avenue
                           Hartford, Connecticut 06156
                           c/o Corporate Benefits REAG

                                       98
<PAGE>
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                     TO THE
                   AETNA SERVICES, INC. INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN
                    (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED JANUARY 1, 1999)

         Pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Aetna Services, Inc. Incentive Savings
Plan (the "Plan"), the Plan is hereby amended, effective as of the dates listed
below, as follows:

         1. Effective July 1, 1999, Section 5.2 is amended by designating the
existing Section 5.2 as 5.2(a) and by inserting a new paragraph (b) of Section
5.2 to read as follows:

         (b)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) above or in
                  Sections 5.3 and 5.4, upon a Participant's Termination from
                  Service, any amounts in the Participant's Account that are not
                  then vested pursuant to Section 7.3 shall be invested as
                  directed by the Company (without regard to any election made
                  by the Participant with respect to the vested portion of the
                  Participant's Account), until the earlier of (i) the date a
                  forfeiture occurs, or (ii) the date the Participant becomes
                  re-employed prior to forfeiture of such amounts pursuant to
                  Section 7.4. Effective July 1, 1999, the Company has directed
                  that all such non-vested amounts shall be invested in the
                  Stable Value Option. The Company shall notify the Trustee of
                  such direction and of any future changes with respect thereto.

         2. Effective January 1, 1999, Section 3.6(a)(ii) is amended by changing
clause (II) thereof to read as follows:

         (II) five percent (5%) of the Participant's Pay during the Plan Year,
         but excluding any Pay prior to the month in which the Participant
         initially commenced Deferral Contributions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed this
6th day of July, 1999.

                                 AETNA SERVICES, INC.

                                 By:     /s/ Elease E. Wright
                                         _________________________

                                 Title:  Senior Vice President
                                         _________________________
                                         Aetna Human Resources

<PAGE>
                            AMENDMENT NO. 2 (1999-2)
                                     TO THE
                   AETNA SERVICES, INC. INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

Pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Aetna Services, Inc. Incentive Savings Plan (the
"Plan"), the Plan is hereby amended, effective August 6, 1999, as follows:

1. A new Section 1.18A is added as follows:

         1.18A "DESIGNATED PRU-CARE EMPLOYEE" - means the following Employees:
         (a) an Employee who was actively employed by (i) Prudential on August
         5, 1999 and (ii) Aetna Life Insurance Company on August 6, 1999 (or
         such later date on which the Employee is transferred upon the
         termination of a short term disability status that commenced prior to
         August 5, 1999) and was transferred as a result of the acquisition by
         Aetna Life Insurance Company of the Prudential healthcare business; and
         (b) an Employee who was actively employed by Prudential Health Care
         Plan, Inc. (TX) or Prudential Health Care Plan of California, Inc. on
         both August 5, 1999 and August 6, 1999.

2. Section 1.45, "PAY", is amended to add the following item to the list of
non-included items:

         (15) any payment in lieu of flex credit made to Designated Pru-Care
         Employees for 1999.

3. A new Section 1.50A is added as follows:

         1.50A "PRUDENTIAL" - means Prudential Insurance Company of America.

4. Section 1.68 is amended to add a new subsection (d) as follows:

         (d) For any Designated Pru-Care Employee, notwithstanding Section
         1.68(a) above, Vesting Service shall also include any period during
         which such Employee was employed by Prudential; provided, however: (i)
         no Employee shall be credited with Vesting Service for the same period
         of time under both this Section 1.68(d) and under Section 1.68(a), (b)
         or (c); (ii) for purposes of this Section, the Company shall rely
         exclusively on information transmitted by Prudential in determining
         what Vesting Service shall be credited; and (iii) service credited as
         Vesting Service under this Section 1.68(d) shall not be considered for
         eligibility.
<PAGE>
5. Section 2.2 is amended by inserting the following sentence at the end
thereof:

         Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, an Eligible Employee who is a
         Designated Pru-Care Employee shall not become a Participant until
         September 20, 1999; provided, however, that for purposes of Section 414
         Compensation, participation shall be deemed to begin on August 6, 1999.

6. Section 3.1 is amended by inserting the following sentence at the end
thereof:

         Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a limit of 13% (in lieu of the
         10% limit) shall apply during the 1999 Plan Year with respect to a
         Participant who is both a Designated Pru-Care Employee and a Nonhighly
         Compensated Employee with respect to 1999, unless such Participant
         received compensation (as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code)
         from Prudential in 1998 (as reported by Prudential) in excess of
         $80,000, in which case the 10% limit shall apply.

7. Section 3.6(a)(i) is amended by inserting the following sentence immediately
prior to the last sentence thereof:

         Notwithstanding clause (I) of the preceding sentence, a limit of 136%
         (in lieu of the 100% limit) shall apply during the 1999 Plan Year with
         respect to a Participant who is a Designated Pru-Care Employee.

8. Section 3.6(a)(ii) is amended by inserting the following at the end thereof:

         This Section 3.6(a)(ii) shall not apply to a Designated Pru-Care
         Employee with respect to the 1999 Plan Year.

9. Section 3.8 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         3.8 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.

         (a) An Active Participant may roll over to the Plan all or any portion
         of the property such Active Participant receives from a plan qualified
         under Section 401(a) of the Code, provided that: (i) the rollover of
         such amounts to the Plan is permitted under the Code; (ii) the rollover
         to the Plan is completed within the applicable time periods prescribed
         by the Code and subject to the applicable rules of the Code; (iii) no
         part of such transfer consists of after-tax contributions; and (iv)
         such rollover consists only of cash. The Plan Administrator may require
         such information from a Participant desiring to make a rollover as it
         deems necessary or desirable to determine that the proposed rollover
         will meet

                                       2
<PAGE>
         the requirements of this Section 3.8. Each Participant's Rollover
         Contributions and the earnings thereon will be accounted for
         separately.

         (b) Notwithstanding (a) above, an Eligible Employee who is a Designated
         Pru-Care Employee (i) is not required to be an Active Participant in
         order to make a Rollover Contribution, and (ii) may roll over an
         outstanding loan balance from the Prudential Employee Savings Plan, as
         part of a direct rollover of his or her entire account balance from
         such plan, if such rollover occurs within the time prescribed by the
         Plan Administrator.

         (c) Notwithstanding (a) above, an Eligible Employee who is no longer an
         Active Participant may roll over to the Plan an eligible rollover
         distribution from the Retirement Plan for Employees of Aetna Services,
         Inc. and/or the Pension Plan for Employees of U.S. Healthcare, Inc.
         pursuant to this Section 3.8 as if he or she were an Active Participant
         at the time of the rollover.

10. Section 3.9 is amended by inserting the following sentence at the end of
paragraph (a) thereof:

         In addition, for the 1999 and 2000 Plan Years, an Active Participant
         who is a Designated Pru-Care Employee and whose compensation (as
         defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code) for the prior year, including
         such compensation from Prudential (as reported by Prudential), exceeded
         $80,000, is not permitted to contribute amounts on an after-tax basis
         to the Plan as Voluntary Contributions.

11. Section 5.3 is amended by inserting the following sentence at the end
thereof:

         For the 1999 and 2000 Plan Years, the preceding sentence shall also
         apply to a Participant who is a Designated Pru-Care Employee and whose
         compensation (as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code) for the
         prior year, including such compensation from Prudential (as reported by
         Prudential), exceeded $80,000.

12. Section 18.6, Rollover Contributions, is deleted in its entirety, as it has
been incorporated into Section 3.8.

13. Attachment 1 is amended in its entirety as set forth on the following page:

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  ATTACHMENT I
                   ACQUIRED EMPLOYERS - VESTING SERVICE CREDIT

CAUTION:  (1)  THE PROVISIONS BELOW RELATE ONLY TO EMPLOYEES EMPLOYED ON THE
               DATE OF ACQUISITION.
          (2)  THE PROVISIONS BELOW DO NOT APPLY WHERE A SPECIFIC PLAN PROVISION
               STATES OTHERWISE.
          (3)  SERVICE NOT CONSIDERED BY THE ACQUIRED EMPLOYER WILL NOT BE GIVEN
               CREDIT; THE COMPANY SHALL RELY EXCLUSIVELY ON INFORMATION
               TRANSMITTED BY THE ACQUIRED EMPLOYER IN DETERMINING WHAT SERVICE
               WILL BE CREDITED.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           EMPLOYER                                      VESTING SERVICE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>
Partners National Health Plans     Date of Hire by PNHP or Date of Hire into HMO acquired by PNHP.
("PNHP")

Human Affairs International        Date of Hire by HAI (may be prior to Date of Acquisition).
("HAI")

Aetna Health Plans of New Jersey   Date of Hire by Healthways (may be prior to Date of Acquisition).
(previously known as Healthways)

Bay Pacific ("BP")                 Date of Hire by BP (may be prior to the Date of Acquisition).

Freedom Health Care, Inc.          Date of Hire by FHCI (may be prior to the Date of Acquisition).
("FHCI")

Prudential Health Care Plan,       Date of Hire by Prudential Health Care Plan, Inc. (TX) or other
Inc. (TX)                          Prudential affiliate (may be prior to the Date of Acquisition
                                   8/6/99), but shall not be considered for eligibility.

Prudential Health Care Plan of     Date of Hire by Prudential Health Care Plan of California, Inc.
California, Inc.                   or other Prudential affiliate (may be prior to the Date of
                                   Acquisition 8/6/99), but shall not be considered for eligibility.
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be
executed this 6th day of August, 1999.

                                         Aetna Services, Inc.

                                         By: /s/ Elease E. Wright
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Elease E. Wright
                                            Senior Vice President
                                            Aetna Human Resources

                                       5
<PAGE>
                            AMENDMENT NO. 3 (1999-3)
                                     TO THE
                   AETNA SERVICES, INC. INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

         Pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Aetna Services, Inc. Incentive Savings
Plan (the "Plan"), the Plan is hereby amended, effective January 1, 1999, as
follows:

         1.       Section 1.30 is restated in its entirety as follows:

                  1.30     "HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE" means, effective for
                           Plan Years beginning on or after December 31, 1996:
                           (a) any Employee who, during the "look-back year"
                           received compensation (as defined in Section
                           415(c)(3) of the Code) in excess of $80,000 (as
                           adjusted pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code); and
                           (b) any Employee who is a 5-percent owner (as
                           described in Section 17.2(b)(iii) hereof) at any time
                           during the "look-back year" or the "determination
                           year." For purposes of this Section 1.30 the
                           "determination year" shall be the Plan Year and the
                           "look-back year" shall be the twelve-month period
                           immediately preceding the "determination year," or,
                           if the Company elects, the calendar year ending with
                           or within the determination year. The determination
                           of who is a "highly compensated employee" will be
                           made in accordance with Section 414(q) of the Code
                           and applicable regulations, rulings and procedures
                           and permitted elections thereunder. The provisions of
                           the Prior Plan in this definitional section and
                           related sections of the Plan, relating to family
                           aggregation are eliminated effective January 1, 1997.

         2.       Section 2.2 is restated in its entirety as follows:

                  2.2      OTHER ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES. Each other Eligible
                           Employee shall become an Active Participant as soon
                           as administratively feasible (but in no event more
                           than 90 days) following the later of the date on
                           which the Eligible Employee: (i) first performs an
                           Hour of Service; or (ii) attains age eighteen (18).

         3.       The third paragraph of subsection (c) of Section 3.5 is
restated in its entirety as follows:

                           Any amount so distributed shall be adjusted in
                           accordance with applicable regulations for income or
                           loss allocable thereto for the Plan Year in which
                           Excess Contributions were made, but not for the gap
                           period prior to distribution in the following Plan
                           Year. The income or loss allocable to Excess
                           Contributions shall be determined in a reasonable
                           manner consistent with the allocation of income or
                           loss to a Participant's Account pursuant to Article
                           6, or in accordance with the "alternative method" set
                           forth in Treasury Regulation Section
                           1.401(k)-1(f)(4). If such Participant's
<PAGE>
                           Account is invested in more than one Investment Fund,
                           such distribution shall be made pro rata, to the
                           extent practicable, from all such Investment Funds.

         4.       Subsection (e)(iv) of Section 3.5 is restated in its entirety
as follows:

                  (iv)     Any amount so distributed shall be adjusted in
                           accordance with applicable regulations for income or
                           loss allocable thereto for the Plan Year in which
                           Excess Deferrals were made, but not for the gap
                           period prior to distribution in the following Plan
                           Year. The income or loss allocable to Excess
                           Deferrals shall be determined in a reasonable manner
                           consistent with the allocation of income or loss to a
                           Participant's Account pursuant to Article 6, or in
                           accordance with the "alternative method" set forth in
                           Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(f)(4). If such
                           Participant's Account is invested in more than one
                           Investment Fund, such distribution shall be made pro
                           rata, to the extent practicable, from all such
                           Investment Funds.

         5.       The third paragraph of subsection (e) of Section 3.6 is
restated in its entirety as follows:

                           Any amount so distributed shall be adjusted in
                           accordance with applicable regulations for income or
                           loss allocable thereto for the Plan Year in which
                           Excess Aggregate Contributions were made, but not for
                           the gap period prior to distribution in the following
                           Plan Year. The income or loss allocable to Excess
                           Aggregate Contributions shall be determined in a
                           reasonable manner consistent with the allocation of
                           income or loss to a Participant's Account pursuant to
                           Article 6, or in accordance with the "alternative
                           method" set forth in Treasury Regulation Section
                           1.401(m)-1(e)(3). If an Account from which such a
                           distribution is to be made is invested in more than
                           one Investment Fund, such distribution shall be made
                           pro rata, to the extent practicable, from all such
                           Investment Funds.

         6.       The first paragraph of Section 4.3 is restated in its entirety
as follows:

                  4.3      MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITION. All contributions to the
                           Plan are subject to the limitations of Section 415 of
                           the Code, which are incorporated herein by reference.
                           The maximum "Annual Addition" credited to a
                           Participant's Account during any Limitation Year
                           shall not exceed the lesser of (a) $30,000, as
                           Adjusted, or (b) 25% of the Participant's
                           compensation (as defined below) from the Employer and
                           all Affiliates during the Limitation Year.

                                       2
<PAGE>
         7.       Subsection (b)(i) of Section 8.1 is restated in its entirety
as follows:

                  (i)      Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to
                           the contrary, (1) Participants who attained age
                           seventy and one-half (70-1/2) before January 1, 1988
                           and whose Termination from Service did not occur
                           before January 1, 1988, shall have distribution of
                           their vested Account Value made or begun not later
                           than the April 1st following the calendar year of the
                           Participant's Termination from Service; provided,
                           however, that any such Participant may elect to begin
                           receiving distribution on or after the April 1st
                           following the calendar year in which the Participant
                           attained age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) even
                           though such distribution precedes the Participant's
                           Termination from Service; and (2) the distribution of
                           any other Participant's vested Account Value
                           (regardless of whether such Participant is an
                           Employee) shall be made or begun not later than the
                           April 1st following the calendar year in which the
                           Participant attains age seventy and one-half
                           (70-1/2). Benefit payments under this subsection
                           shall be calculated on the basis of the Participant's
                           life expectancy, or at the option of the Participant,
                           on the basis of the joint life expectancies of the
                           Participant and his or her Beneficiary, all in
                           accordance with the applicable regulations; provided,
                           however, that, effective October 1, 1994, the
                           Participant must obtain spousal consent in the manner
                           described in Section 8.7 in order to elect
                           distribution over joint life expectancies of the
                           Participant and a Beneficiary other than his or her
                           Spouse. Life expectancies of Participants and their
                           Spouse Beneficiaries shall be recalculated annually;
                           provided, however, a Participant may elect not to
                           have his or her Spouse's life expectancy
                           recalculated. A Participant may elect the time during
                           the year at which such minimum benefit payments will
                           be made and, if no election is made, such payments
                           will be made during the last month in which such
                           minimum distribution is required to be made or at
                           such other time determined by the Plan Administrator
                           in its sole discretion, but no earlier than six
                           months prior to the last month in which the
                           distribution is required.

         8.       Subsection (b) of Section 10.6 is restated in its entirety as
follows:

                  (b)      If the Participant dies before the Commencement Date
                           the entire interest of the Participant must be
                           distributed no later than the last day of the
                           calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the
                           Participant's death occurs, except to the extent that
                           the Beneficiary is the Participant's Spouse and the
                           exception in subsection (c) below applies.

         9.       Section 17.3 is restated in its entirety as follows:

                  17.3     MINIMUM BENEFIT. Each Non-Key Employee shall receive
                           the minimum benefit required by Section 416(c) of the
                           Code in each

                                       3
<PAGE>
                           Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan under
                           the Retirement Plan for Employees of Aetna Services,
                           Inc.; provided, however, that if any Non-Key Employee
                           is not covered by the Retirement Plan for Employees
                           of Aetna Services, Inc., such Non-Key Employee shall
                           receive the minimum contribution required by Section
                           416(c) of the Code under this Plan.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be
executed this 1st day of November, 1999.

                                     Aetna Services, Inc.

                                     By: /s/ Elease E. Wright
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Elease E. Wright
                                        Senior Vice President
                                        Aetna Human Resources

                                       4
<PAGE>
                            AMENDMENT NO. 4 (1999-4)
                                     TO THE
                   AETNA SERVICES, INC. INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

         Pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Aetna Services, Inc. Incentive Savings
Plan (the "Plan"), the Plan is hereby amended, effective January 1, 1999 except
as otherwise specified, as follows:

         1.       Section 2.2 is restated in its entirety, effective August 6,
                  1999, as follows:

                           2.2 OTHER ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES. Each other Eligible
                  Employee shall become an Active Participant as soon as
                  administratively feasible (but in no event more than 90 days)
                  following the later of the date on which the Eligible
                  Employee: (i) first performs an Hour of Service; or (ii)
                  attains age eighteen (18). Notwithstanding the preceding
                  sentence, an Eligible Employee who is a Designated Pru-Care
                  Employee shall not become a Participant until September 20,
                  1999; provided, however, that for purposes of Section 414
                  Compensation, participation shall be deemed to begin on August
                  6, 1999.

         2.       Section 3.6(a)(i) is restated in its entirety, effective
                  August 6, 1999, as follows:

                  (a)      GENERAL.

                           (i)      The Employer may, in the sole discretion of
                                    the Company, make an Incentive Contribution
                                    each payroll period for each Active
                                    Participant who makes Deferral Contributions
                                    for the payroll period and who is employed
                                    for any day during the payroll period. The
                                    total Incentive Contribution made on behalf
                                    of each Active Participant who meets the
                                    requirements of this Section 3.6 shall not
                                    exceed the lesser of (i) one hundred percent
                                    (100%) of the Active Participant's Deferral
                                    Contributions during such month (or payroll
                                    period) and (ii) five percent (5%) of the
                                    Active Participant's Pay during such month
                                    (or payroll period). For an Active
                                    Participant who is a Designated Pru-Care
                                    Employee, a special Incentive Contribution
                                    equal to 136% of the amount obtained by
                                    applying the preceding sentence shall be
                                    made, in lieu of the Incentive Contribution
                                    provided in the preceding sentence, during
                                    the 1999 Plan Year. The Employer will make
                                    any Incentive Contributions to the Plan as
                                    of the end of each month or at such other
                                    intervals as established by the Employer.
<PAGE>
         3.       Section 3.6(a)(ii) is amended by deleting "is either still
                  employed or still" from the first sentence, beginning on the
                  fourth line.

         4.       A new subsection (d) is added to Section 3.8 as follows:

                  (d)      Notwithstanding (a) above, a Designated NYLCare Texas
                           Employee (i) is not required to be an Active
                           Participant in order to make a Rollover Contribution,
                           and (ii) may roll over an outstanding loan balance
                           from the Employee Progress Sharing Investment Plan
                           (EPSI), as part of a direct rollover of his or her
                           entire account balance from such plan, if such
                           rollover occurs within the time prescribed by the
                           Plan Administrator. For purposes of this subsection,
                           "Designated NYLCare Texas Employee" shall mean an
                           individual who: (A) was an Eligible Employee actively
                           employed by Aetna Life Insurance Company and assigned
                           to provide services to NYLCare Health Plans of the
                           Southwest, Inc. and NYLCare Health Plans of the Gulf
                           Coast, Inc. ("NYLCare Texas") pursuant to the Revised
                           Final Judgment And Revised Hold Separate Stipulation
                           And Order filed by the United States Department of
                           Justice, dated June 21, 1999, as amended on August 4,
                           1999, as of the day before the closing of the sale of
                           NYLCare Texas, or certain assets thereof, to Health
                           Care Services Corporation; (B) was actively employed
                           by Health Care Services Corporation or an affiliate
                           as of said closing date; and (C) had an outstanding
                           loan from EPSI as of said closing date.

         5.       Section 7.4 is restated in its entirety as follows:

                           7.4 OCCURRENCE OF FORFEITURES. Except as more
                  specifically provided herein, a forfeiture of a Participant's
                  non-vested interest, if any, shall occur at the end of a Plan
                  Year during which a Participant shall have incurred a Period
                  of Severance of 5 years or more. In the event that a
                  Participant ceases to be employed by the Employer and, before
                  the end of the period set forth in the preceding sentence,
                  receives a lump-sum distribution of the vested portion of the
                  Participant's Account pursuant the terms of the Plan, then the
                  portion of the Participant's Account that is not vested shall
                  be treated as a forfeiture as of the last day of the Plan Year
                  in which the Participant ceased to be employed by the
                  Employer. If such former Participant later becomes an Employee
                  and has not, as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the
                  Participant again becomes an Employee, incurred a Period of
                  Severance of five years or more, such Participant's Account
                  will be restored to the dollar value it had on the date of
                  distribution if the Participant repays to the Plan the full
                  amount of the distribution within the earlier of (1) five
                  years after the date in which the

                                       2
<PAGE>
                  Participant again becomes an Employee, or (2) the close of the
                  first period of five consecutive Breaks in Service commencing
                  after the distribution.

         6.       Subsection (b)(i) of Section 8.1 is restated in its entirety
                  as follows:

                  (i)      Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to
                           the contrary, (1) Participants who attained age
                           seventy and one-half (70-1/2) before January 1, 1988
                           and whose Termination from Service did not occur
                           before January 1, 1988, shall have distribution of
                           their vested Account Value made or begun not later
                           than the April 1st following the calendar year of the
                           Participant's Termination from Service; provided,
                           however, that any such Participant may elect to begin
                           receiving distribution on or after the April 1st
                           following the calendar year in which the Participant
                           attained age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) even
                           though such distribution precedes the Participant's
                           Termination from Service; and (2) the distribution of
                           any other Participant's vested Account Value
                           (regardless of whether such Participant is an
                           Employee) shall be made or begun not later than the
                           April 1st following the calendar year in which the
                           Participant attains age seventy and one-half
                           (70-1/2). Subject to the spousal consent requirements
                           of Section 8.7, benefit payments under this
                           subsection shall be calculated on the basis of the
                           Participant's life expectancy, or at the option of
                           the Participant, on the basis of the joint life
                           expectancies of the Participant and his or her
                           Beneficiary, all in accordance with the applicable
                           regulations. Life expectancies of Participants and
                           their Spouse Beneficiaries shall be recalculated
                           annually; provided, however, a Participant may elect
                           not to have his or her Spouse's life expectancy
                           recalculated. A Participant may elect the time during
                           the year at which such minimum benefit payments will
                           be made and, if no election is made, such payments
                           will be made during the last month in which such
                           minimum distribution is required to be made or at
                           such other time determined by the Plan Administrator
                           in its sole discretion, but no earlier than six
                           months prior to the last month in which the
                           distribution is required. Notwithstanding any
                           election, benefit payments for a married Participant
                           whose Spouse does not give his or her consent in
                           accordance with Section 8.7 shall be made in the form
                           of a qualified joint and survivor annuity as
                           described in Option (i) of Section 8.5(a).

         7.       Section 8.11 is restated in its entirety as follows:

                           8.11 SMALL ACCOUNT VALUES; LUMP SUM CASH-OUT. If,
                  upon a Participant's Termination from Service Date, or on an
                  annual basis thereafter, or at the time of any distribution
                  from the Plan, the Participant's vested Account Value is not
                  in excess of five thousand dollars ($5,000) (or such greater
                  amount as permitted under the Code), the Plan, to the extent

                                       3
<PAGE>
                  permitted by law and applicable regulations, shall make a
                  single lump sum payment to the Participant or Beneficiary
                  entitled to such benefit. In the event the vested Account
                  Value is not in excess of such dollar limitation at the time
                  the Plan Administrator initially determines to pay the
                  benefit, but the benefit is not immediately paid because the
                  Participant (or Beneficiary) cannot be located or there is an
                  administrative delay in making payment, distribution shall be
                  made to the Participant (or Beneficiary) in a lump sum at such
                  time as the Plan Administrator locates the Participant (or
                  Beneficiary) or the issue causing the administrative delay is
                  resolved, provided that the Participant's vested Account Value
                  at that time is not in excess of the dollar limit. This
                  Section shall not apply to any Participant who is repaying a
                  loan by personal check pursuant to Section 9.7(g)(ii), until
                  the earlier of the date on which the loan is repaid in full or
                  the date on which the Participant's entire loan balance
                  becomes due and payable as a result of nonpayment.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be
executed this 17th day of December, 1999.

                                        Aetna Services, Inc.

                                        By: /s/ Elease E. Wright
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Elease E. Wright
                                           Senior Vice President
                                           Aetna Human Resources

                                       4
<PAGE>
                            AMENDMENT NO. 5 (2000-1)
                                     TO THE
                   AETNA SERVICES, INC. INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

         Pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Aetna Services, Inc. Incentive Savings
Plan (the "Plan"), the Plan is hereby amended, effective February 15, 2000, in
order to terminate all mandatory investment rules with respect to the Stock
Account, as follows:

         1. Section 5.3, "Investment in Funds," is amended by deleting the
fourth sentence (beginning with the word "Notwithstanding") and the fifth
sentence (beginning with the words "For the 1999 and 2000 Plan Years") of such
section, relating to the automatic investment in the Stock Account for certain
Participants.

         2. Section 5.4, "Change of Investment Fund," is amended by: (a)
replacing the words "Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.7" at the end of the first sentence
thereof with the words "Sections 5.2 and 5.3"; and (b) deleting the second
sentence thereof (beginning with the words "The investment of amounts in").

         3. Section 5.7, "Stock Accounts - Retirement Planning," is deleted in
its entirety.

         4. Section 5.8, "Change of Investment Funds and Notice Requirements,"
is renumbered as Section "5.7".

         5. Subsection (e) of Section 9.7, Loans to Participants," is amended by
deleting the last sentence of such subsection (beginning with the word
"Notwithstanding").

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be
executed this 13th day of March, 2000.

                                   Aetna Services, Inc.

                                   By: /s/ Elease E. Wright
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                      Elease E. Wright
                                      Senior Vice President
                                      Aetna Human Resources
<PAGE>
                            AMENDMENT NO. 6 (2000-2)
                                     TO THE
                   AETNA SERVICES, INC. INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

         Pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Aetna Services, Inc. Incentive Savings
Plan (the "Plan"), the Plan is hereby amended, effective March 12, 2000, as
follows:

         1.       A new Section 1.12A is added to read as follows:

                  1.12A "CHANGE IN CONTROL" means the happening of any of the
                  following:

                  (i)      When any "person" as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of
                           the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
                           "Exchange Act") and as used in Sections 13(d) and
                           14(d) thereof, including a "group" as defined in
                           Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act but excluding
                           Parent and any Subsidiary thereof and any employee
                           benefit plan sponsored or maintained by Parent or any
                           Subsidiary (including any trustee of such plan acting
                           as trustee), directly or indirectly, becomes the
                           "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under
                           the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time), of
                           securities of Parent representing 20 percent or more
                           of the combined voting power of Parent's then
                           outstanding securities;

                  (ii)     When, during any period of 24 consecutive months the
                           individuals who, at the beginning of such period,
                           constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Directors")
                           cease for any reason other than death to constitute
                           at least a majority thereof, provided that a director
                           who was not a director at the beginning of such
                           24-month period shall be deemed to have satisfied
                           such 24-month requirement (and be an Incumbent
                           Director) if such director was elected by, or on the
                           recommendation of or with the approval of, at least
                           two-thirds of the directors who then qualified as
                           Incumbent Directors either actually (because they
                           were directors at the beginning of such 24-month
                           period) or by prior operation of this subsection
                           (ii); or

                  (iii)    The occurrence of a transaction requiring stockholder
                           approval for the acquisition of Parent by an entity
                           other than Parent or a Subsidiary through purchase of
                           assets, or by merger, or otherwise.

         2.       Section 7.3, regarding events resulting in 100% vesting of the
Incentive Contributions Account for Participants after December 31, 1998, is
amended by adding the following new subsection (f):
<PAGE>
                  (f) In the event of a Change in Control, the date a
                  Participant incurs a "Job Elimination", as defined in the
                  Aetna Severance and Salary Continuation Benefits Plan,
                  provided such "Job Elimination" occurs within two years of the
                  date of such Change in Control.

         3.       A new Section 12.5 is added to read as follows:

                  12.5     CHANGE IN CONTROL.

                  a.       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article
                  12 or Article 13: (i) the Company shall not amend or terminate
                  the Plan if the effect would be to amend any Change in Control
                  provisions until March 10, 2002, at or after which time any
                  amendment shall be prospective only.

                  b.       In the event of a Change in Control, for one year
                  following the Change in Control, the Company and all
                  Participating Companies, and all successors to the Company and
                  all Participating Companies, shall maintain benefit plans, for
                  persons employed as of the day immediately preceding the
                  Change in Control who remain employed subsequent to the Change
                  in Control, the aggregate value of which, on an annual basis,
                  is not less than the aggregate value of the Benefit Plans
                  maintained by the Company and all Participating Companies
                  prior to the Change in Control. For purposes of this
                  provision, Benefit Plans shall include the following:

                           1.       Aetna Services, Inc. Incentive Savings Plan
                           2.       Retirement Plan for Employees of Aetna
                                    Services, Inc.
                           3.       The Aetna Services, Inc. Supplemental
                                    Incentive Savings Plan
                           4.       The Aetna Services, Inc. Supplemental
                                    Pension Benefit Plan
                           5.       Medical/Dental Plan (including Retiree
                                    Medical)
                           6.       Managed Short-Term Disability Benefits Plan
                           7.       Managed Long-Term Disability Benefits Plan
                           8.       Group Term Life
                           9.       Severance and Salary Continuation Benefits
                                    Plan

                                       2
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be
executed this 25th day of May, 2000.

                                   Aetna Services, Inc.

                                   By: /s/ Elease E. Wright
                                      --------------------------------------
                                      Elease E. Wright
                                      Senior Vice President
                                      Aetna Human Resources

                                       3
<PAGE>
                            AMENDMENT NO. 7 (2000-3)
                                     TO THE
                   AETNA SERVICES, INC. INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

         Pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Aetna Services, Inc. Incentive Savings
Plan (the "Plan"), the Plan is hereby amended, effective December 29, 2000, but
in no event earlier than 90 days after the date on which notice is sent to
Participants of the change made hereby, to eliminate all types of life-based
annuities as available forms of benefit, except for Participants with Money
Purchase Accounts. To accomplish this result, the following changes to specific
provisions are made, provided that the entire Plan shall be deemed amended in
any way necessary or appropriate to effectuate the goal articulated in the first
sentence hereof:

         1.       Subparagraph (a) of Section 8.1 is restated in its entirety as
                  follows:

                  (a)      GENERAL. Except as otherwise provided in Article IX
                           and subsection (b), distribution of a Participant's
                           vested Account Value shall be made only following the
                           Participant's Termination from Service, termination
                           of the Plan or as described in Sections 8.10(a)(iii)
                           and (iv). Except for a distribution pursuant to
                           termination of the Plan, which may be delayed in the
                           discretion of the Plan Administrator until after
                           receipt of Internal Revenue Service approval,
                           distributions to a Participant or Beneficiary shall
                           be made or begun as soon as administratively feasible
                           following the Valuation Date as of which the
                           distribution is requested in writing by the
                           Participant.

                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither a Participant
                           who has a Money Purchase Account nor a Beneficiary of
                           such a Participant shall receive a distribution as of
                           a Valuation Date more than ninety (90) days or less
                           than thirty (30) days after the Plan Administrator
                           has provided such Participant the written notice
                           described in Section 8.6; provided, however, that
                           such Participant may waive the 30-day period in
                           accordance with Section 8.6(d). The Valuation Date
                           referred to in this paragraph shall be deemed the
                           Annuity Starting Date. In addition, unless a
                           Participant otherwise elects to defer distribution to
                           a date no later than permitted under Section 8.1(b),
                           distribution of a Participant's vested Account Value
                           shall be made or begun not later than sixty (60) days
                           after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest
                           of the following occurs: (i) the Participant's
                           attainment of Normal Retirement Age, (ii) the 10th
                           anniversary of the Participant's commencement of
                           participation in the Plan, or (iii) the Participant's
                           Termination from Service. A Participant who does not
                           make a request in writing for commencement of
                           benefits by such date shall be deemed to have elected
                           to defer distribution.
<PAGE>
         2.       Subparagraph (b)(i) of Section 8.1 is restated in its entirety
as follows:

                  (i)      Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to
                           the contrary, (1) Participants who attained age
                           seventy and one-half (70-1/2) before January 1, 1988
                           and whose Termination from Service did not occur
                           before January 1, 1988, shall have distribution of
                           their vested Account Value made or begun not later
                           than the April 1st following the calendar year of the
                           Participant's Termination from Service; provided,
                           however, that any such Participant may elect to begin
                           receiving distribution on or after the April 1st
                           following the calendar year in which the Participant
                           attained age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) even
                           though such distribution precedes the Participant's
                           Termination from Service; and (2) the distribution of
                           any other Participant's vested Account Value
                           (regardless of whether such Participant is an
                           Employee) shall be made or begun not later than the
                           April 1st following the calendar year in which the
                           Participant attains age seventy and one-half
                           (70-1/2). Benefit payments under this subsection
                           shall be calculated on the basis of the Participant's
                           life expectancy, or at the option of the Participant,
                           on the basis of the joint life expectancies of the
                           Participant and his or her Beneficiary, all in
                           accordance with the applicable regulations. Life
                           expectancies of Participants and their Spouse
                           Beneficiaries shall be recalculated annually;
                           provided, however, a Participant may elect not to
                           have his or her Spouse's life expectancy
                           recalculated. A Participant may elect the time during
                           the year at which such minimum benefit payments will
                           be made and, if no election is made, such payments
                           will be made during the last month in which such
                           minimum distribution is required to be made or at
                           such other time determined by the Plan Administrator
                           in its sole discretion, but no earlier than six
                           months prior to the last month in which the
                           distribution is required.

         3.       Subparagraph (a) of Section 8.5 is restated in its entirety as
follows:

                  (a)      Subject to the rules regarding the manner of making
                           an election set forth in Section 8.6 and the rules of
                           Section 8.1(b), a Participant may elect to have his
                           or her vested Account Value distributed in any of the
                           following forms of distribution:

                           (i)      monthly installments for one hundred eighty,
                                    one hundred twenty or sixty months, with any
                                    unpaid amounts at the Participant's death
                                    paid to the Participant's Beneficiary in a
                                    lump sum;

                                       2
<PAGE>
                           (ii)     annual installments for fifteen, ten or five
                                    years, with any unpaid amounts at the
                                    Participant's death paid to the
                                    Participant's Beneficiary in a lump sum;

                           (iii)    a cash lump sum;

                           (iv)     a lump sum payment of some or all of the
                                    Participant's Stock Account Value in kind,
                                    by issuance of Stock, with any fractional or
                                    remaining shares of Stock paid in cash;

                           (v)      a combination of the above.

         4.       Subparagraph (b) of Section 8.5 is amended by restating the
last sentence thereof as follows:

                  In the event a Participant elects to receive any portion of
                  his or her vested Account Value in installments, the
                  installments may, at the Plan Administrator's option, be
                  provided from a Group Annuity Contract or individual annuity
                  contract purchased from the Insurer.

         5.       Section 8.6 is restated in its entirety as follows:

                  (a)      When a Participant requests that distribution begin,
                           the Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant
                           in writing of each of the optional forms of
                           distribution that the Participant may elect. With
                           respect to a Participant who has a Money Purchase
                           Account, the notice shall be given within no more
                           than 90 days and no less than 30 days before the
                           Annuity Starting Date. The notice to a Participant
                           with a Money Purchase Account shall also provide, in
                           nontechnical language, a general explanation stating
                           that:

                           (i)      the normal form of distribution for a
                                    Participant who has a Money Purchase Account
                                    shall be a single life annuity, if the
                                    Participant is single or a qualified joint
                                    and fifty percent (50%) survivor annuity
                                    with his or her Spouse if the Participant is
                                    married (or, if the Participant's Money
                                    Purchase Account is attributable to a money
                                    purchase plan under which the normal form of
                                    distribution was a qualified joint and one
                                    hundred percent (100%) survivor annuity, a
                                    qualified joint and one hundred percent
                                    (100%) survivor annuity with his or her
                                    Spouse);

                           (ii)     a Participant who has a Money Purchase
                                    Account and who is married on the date of
                                    distribution must obtain spousal consent to
                                    elect a form of benefit other than a
                                    qualified

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                    joint and survivor annuity with his or her
                                    Spouse as described in subsection (i) above;

                           (iii)    a Participant who has a Money Purchase
                                    Account and who is not married on the date
                                    of distribution must consent in writing to
                                    receive a form of benefit other than a
                                    single life annuity with respect to the
                                    Money Purchase Account; and

                           (iv)     if the Participant files a written request
                                    as provided below, the Participant shall be
                                    furnished with a further written
                                    explanation.

                           The explanation provided by this paragraph (a) shall
                           inform a Participant with a Money Purchase Account of
                           the general effect of such election, the means of
                           exercising such election and the right to revoke, and
                           the effect of a revocation of, such election.

                           If a Participant to whom the general explanation
                           described above is furnished files a written request
                           with the Plan Administrator within 60 days after such
                           general explanation is first mailed or delivered to
                           the Participant, the Plan Administrator shall furnish
                           such Participant with a written explanation in
                           nontechnical language of the terms and conditions of
                           the joint and fifty percent (50%) survivor annuity
                           (or joint and one hundred percent (100%) survivor
                           annuity) with his or her Spouse or life annuity, as
                           applicable, and the financial effect upon such
                           Participant of any election of an optional form of
                           distribution under Section 8.5(a).

                  (b)      A Participant shall elect the form of distribution by
                           filing a written election with the Plan Administrator
                           not more than ninety (90) days before the Annuity
                           Starting Date. Any election under this Section may be
                           revoked in writing before the end of the election
                           period referred to above. If a Participant with a
                           Money Purchase Account makes an election to receive
                           distribution in a form other than a qualified joint
                           and survivor annuity with his or her Spouse, any such
                           election must be consented to by the Participant's
                           Spouse, if any, as provided herein. No election
                           pursuant to this Section shall be effective unless
                           made in writing on forms satisfactory to the Plan
                           Administrator and filed with the Plan Administrator
                           before the end of the election period.

                  (c)      If the Plan Administrator is not able to provide
                           notice as described in this Section 8.6 to a
                           Participant with a Money Purchase Account at least
                           thirty (30) days prior to such Participant's Annuity
                           Starting Date, then, subject to the rules of
                           subsection (d), such Participant's Annuity Starting
                           Date shall be delayed until the first day of the

                                       4
<PAGE>
                           month on or next following the date which is thirty
                           (30) days after the date such Participant receives
                           the notice. In that event, the benefit payable to the
                           Participant shall be adjusted to reflect the delayed
                           commencement of benefits.

                  (d)      Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 8.6,
                           the Annuity Starting Date of a Participant with a
                           Money Purchase Account shall not be delayed if the
                           following requirements are met: (i) the Plan
                           Administrator provides the Participant with the
                           notice described in this Section 8.6 at least eight
                           (8) days before the Annuity Starting Date, (ii) the
                           Participant is clearly informed of the Participant's
                           right to consider for at least thirty (30) days
                           whether to receive payment of benefits in the form
                           applicable under this Article or an optional form and
                           whether to defer commencement of benefits, if
                           applicable, and (iii) no later than the Annuity
                           Starting Date, the Participant waives the right to
                           the thirty (30) day minimum election period and
                           elects a form of benefit.

         6.       Subparagraph (a) of Section 8.7 is restated in its entirety as
follows:

                  (a)      Where the terms of this Plan require that the consent
                           of a Participant's Spouse be obtained, the consent of
                           the Participant's Spouse shall be valid only if it:
                           (1) is in writing; (2) is witnessed by a notary
                           public; (3) contains an acknowledgment by such Spouse
                           of the effect of the consent and the election of the
                           Spouse; and (4) designates a Beneficiary and the form
                           of benefits, neither of which may be changed without
                           the further consent of the Spouse, unless such
                           initial consent (i) specifically permits designations
                           by the Participant without any requirement of further
                           consent of the Spouse or (ii) acknowledges that the
                           Spouse has the right to limit the consent to the
                           specific beneficiary or form of benefits and that the
                           Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or
                           both of such rights.

         7.       Section 9.6 is restated in its entirety as follows:

                  9.6      CONSENT TO WITHDRAWALS. If a Participant with a Money
                           Purchase Account is married as of the effective date
                           of a withdrawal, any withdrawal from such Money
                           Purchase Account shall require the written consent of
                           the Participant's Spouse in the same manner as
                           provided for in Section 8.7, except that clause (4)
                           of Section 8.7(a) shall not apply. A Participant may
                           not receive a withdrawal from such Money Purchase
                           Account on a date more than 90 days or less than 30
                           days after the Plan Administrator has provided the
                           Participant with a withdrawal form and with the
                           information set forth in Section 8.6(a), except as
                           provided in Section 8.6(d).

                                       5
<PAGE>
         8.       Subparagraph (h) of Section 9.7 is restated in its entirety as
follows:

                  (h)      If a Participant with a Money Purchase Account is
                           married as of the date of the loan, any loan which
                           could result in a potential reduction of benefits
                           payable to or with respect to such Participant from
                           such Money Purchase Account in the event of
                           non-payment of such loan shall require consent of the
                           Participant's Spouse in the same manner as provided
                           for in Section 8.7, except that clause (4) of Section
                           8.7(a) shall not apply. Consent of the Participant's
                           Spouse shall also be required in the event of any
                           renegotiation, extension, renewal or other revisions
                           of a loan described in the previous sentence.

         9.       Subparagraph (k) of Section 9.7 is restated in its entirety as
follows:

                  (k)      A Participant may not receive a loan described in
                           subparagraph (h) above on a date more than 90 days or
                           less than 30 days after the Plan Administrator has
                           provided the Participant with a loan application form
                           and with information explaining the spousal consent
                           rules set forth in Sections 8.6 and 8.7, except as
                           provided in Section 8.6(d).

         10.      Section 10.3 is amended by restating the second sentence
thereof as follows:

                  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.11, the
                  Beneficiary of a participant who is married to his or her
                  Spouse immediately before death shall be the Participant's
                  Spouse, unless the Participant elects otherwise with the
                  consent of the Spouse obtained in the same manner provided for
                  in Section 8.7.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be
executed this 27th day of September, 2000.

                                        Aetna Services, Inc.

                                        By: /s/ Elease E. Wright
                                           ------------------------------------
                                            Elease E. Wright
                                            Senior Vice President
                                            Aetna Human Resources

                                       6
<PAGE>
                            AMENDMENT NO. 8 (2000-4)
                                     TO THE
                   AETNA SERVICES, INC. INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

         Pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Aetna Services, Inc. Incentive Savings
Plan (the "Plan"), the Plan is hereby amended, effective as specified below, as
follows:

         1.       Effective January 1, 1999, Section 1.35 is restated in its
entirety as follows:

                  1.35 "INVESTMENT FUND" means the Stock Account and such other
                  investments under the Group Annuity Contract or in other funds
                  and accounts as are made available for the investment of the
                  Participants' Accounts in accordance with the rules of Article
                  V. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investment Fund shall
                  not include (a) a direct interest in real property, leaseholds
                  or mineral interests or (b) securities which are not purchased
                  on a United States Exchange or where evidence of ownership is
                  held by a custodian outside of the United States.

         2.       Effective January 1, 2000, Section 1.45, "Pay," is amended by
restating the last sentence of the first paragraph thereof as follows:

                  Pay shall be determined as if no elective salary reduction had
                  been made pursuant to Sections 125, 132(f) and 401(k) of the
                  Code.

         3.       Effective January 1, 1999, subsection (a)(ii) of Section 3.6,
"Incentive Contributions," is restated in its entirety as follows:

                  (ii) At the end of each Plan Year, the Employer, in the sole
                  discretion of the Company, may make an additional Incentive
                  Contribution to the Incentive Contribution Account of each
                  Participant who made Deferral Contributions during such Plan
                  Year, and who is an Employee and has an Account balance on the
                  last day of the Plan Year, in the amount, if any, necessary to
                  make the Participant's total Incentive Contributions for such
                  Plan Year equal to the lesser of (I) one hundred percent
                  (100%) of the Participant's Deferral Contributions during such
                  Plan Year and (II) five percent (5%) of the Participant's Pay
                  during the Plan Year, but excluding any Pay prior to the month
                  in which the Participant initially commenced Deferral
                  Contributions. (The 100% and 5% figures referred to in the
                  preceding sentence shall automatically change to be
                  consistent with any changes made by the Company to the
                  corresponding figures in (i) above.) The Incentive
                  Contribution described in this paragraph (ii) shall only be
                  made to a Participant whose pay for the prior Plan Year was
                  $160,000 or less. This Section 3.6(a)(ii) shall not apply to a
                  Designated Pru-Care Employee with respect to the 1999 Plan
                  Year.
<PAGE>
         4.       Effective January 1, 1999, the following new Section 5.9 is
added to the Plan:

                  5.9      CONTRACTUAL INCOME AND SETTLEMENT.

                  (a)      Contractual Income. The Trustee shall credit the
                  Account with income and maturity proceeds on securities on
                  contractual payment date net of any taxes or upon actual
                  receipt as agreed between the Trustee and the Company. To the
                  extent the Trustee and the Company have agreed to credit
                  income on contractual payment date, the Trustee may reverse
                  such accounting entries with back value to the contractual
                  payment date if the Trustee reasonably believes that it will
                  not receive such amount.

                  (b)      Contractual Settlement. The Trustee will attend to
                  the settlement of securities transactions on the basis of
                  either contractual settlement date accounting or actual
                  settlement date accounting as agreed between the Company and
                  the Trustee. To the extent the Company and the Trustee have
                  agreed to settle certain securities transactions on the basis
                  of contractual settlement date accounting, the Trustee may
                  reverse with back value to the contractual settlement date any
                  entry relating to such contractual settlement where the
                  related transaction remains unsettled in accordance with
                  established procedures.

         5.       Effective January 1, 1999, Section 7.3 is amended to correct a
typographical error by deleting the header and substituting the following new
header:

                  7.3      INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT - PARTICIPANTS AFTER
                           DECEMBER 31, 1998.

         6.       Effective March 12, 2000, subparagraph (f) of Section 7.3 is
hereby restated as follows:

                  (f)      In the event of a Change in Control, the date a
                  Participant incurs a "Job Elimination", as defined in the
                  Aetna Severance and Salary Continuation Benefits Plan,
                  provided such "Job Elimination" occurs within two years of the
                  date of such Change in Control, but only with respect to the
                  Participant's Account as of the date such Job Elimination is
                  incurred.

         7.       Effective January 1, 2000, Section 8.4, "Distribution Upon
Disability of Participant," is amended by restating the last sentence thereof as
follows:

                  A Participant's Termination from Service by reason of
                  Disability shall be deemed to occur for purposes of this
                  Section on the date the Plan Administrator makes a
                  determination that the Participant has incurred a Disability.
                  The right to elect a distribution pursuant to this Section
                  shall cease upon the cessation of such Disability.

                                       2
<PAGE>
         8.       Effective January 1, 2000, Section 8.11, "Small Account
Values; Lump Sum Cash-Out," is amended by restating the last sentence thereof as
follows:

                  This Section shall not apply to any Participant who (A) is
                  repaying a loan by personal check pursuant to Section
                  9.7(g)(ii), until the earlier of the date on which the loan is
                  repaid in full or the date on which the Participant's entire
                  loan balance becomes due and payable as a result of nonpayment
                  or (b) has incurred a Termination from Service by reason of
                  Disability, until such time as such Participant is treated as
                  having incurred a Termination from Service other than by
                  reason of Disability.

         9.       Effective January 1, 1999, Section 10.2, "Determinations of
Values and Cash-Outs," is amended by deleting the last sentence thereof
(beginning with the words "For purposes of this Section").

         10.      Effective January 1, 1999, the first sentence of Section 11.3,
"Effect on Participants," is restated as follows:

                  Upon termination in whole or in part of the Plan, the Plan
                  Administrator shall make an allocation in the manner
                  prescribed by Section 6.3, after payment of any expenses
                  properly charged to the Trust Fund and adjustments for capital
                  gain and loss with respect to the Stable Value Option.

         11.      Effective January 1, 1999, Section 14.2 is restated in its
entirety as follows:

                  14.2     TRUSTEE'S RESPONSIBILITIES LIMITED. The Trustee may
                  rely on the representation of the Plan Administrator that the
                  Plan and Trust hereby created are qualified within the meaning
                  of Section 401(a) of the Code, and the Trustee shall have no
                  obligation to inquire into such continuing qualification.

                           The Trustee shall not be responsible for
                  administration of the Plan and shall not be obliged to
                  determine whether any particular instruction or direction of
                  the Plan Administrator regarding distribution or any other
                  matter relating to Plan administration accords with the terms
                  and conditions of same. Neither shall the Trustee be obliged
                  to collect contributions due under this Plan, to determine
                  whether contributions are in accordance therewith, or to
                  account for allocations to Participants. The investment and
                  management of the Trust Fund assets shall be determined in
                  accordance with Article V and Section 14.8. The Trustee shall
                  not invest, sell, exchange, encumber or otherwise act with
                  respect to the assets without specific direction of the Plan
                  Administrator pursuant to the direction of a Participant.
                  Without specific direction from the Company, the Trustee shall
                  not borrow or authorize borrowing on behalf of the Trust Fund
                  or advance cash for any purpose. The Trustee shall not
                  establish a new Investment Fund, or implement any change with
                  respect to an

                                       3
<PAGE>
                  Investment Fund without specific direction of the Company. The
                  Trustee shall incur no liability by complying with any such
                  direction and shall be under no duty or obligation to review,
                  evaluate or reevaluate the investments made pursuant to such
                  directions.

                           Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the
                  contrary, the Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for
                  its failure to perform under this Agreement or for any losses
                  to the Trust Fund, resulting from any event beyond the
                  reasonable control of the Trustee, its agents or
                  subcustodians, including but not limited to nationalization,
                  strikes, expropriation, devaluation, seizure, or similar
                  action by any governmental authority, de facto or de jure; or
                  enactment, promulgation, imposition or enforcement by any such
                  governmental authority of currency restrictions, exchange
                  controls, levies or other charges affecting the Fund's
                  property; or the breakdown, failure or malfunction of any
                  utilities or telecommunications systems (but not including the
                  Trustee's own internal, proprietary systems); or any order or
                  regulation of any banking or securities industry including
                  changes in market rules and market conditions affecting the
                  execution or settlement of transactions; or acts of war,
                  terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or acts of God; or any
                  other similar event. This Section shall survive the
                  termination of this Agreement.

         12.      Effective January 1, 1999, Section 14.6 is restated in its
entirety as follows:

                  14.6     COMPENSATION OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall be
                  compensated from the Trust Fund or, at the direction of the
                  Company, by the Employer for its services by payment of the
                  Trustee's fee, the amount of which shall be agreed upon from
                  time to time between the Company and the Trustee. The Company
                  acknowledges that, as part of the Trustee's compensation, the
                  Trustee may earn interest on balances, including without
                  limitation, disbursement balances and balances arising from
                  purchase and sales transactions.

                  If the Trustee advances cash for any purpose, pursuant to
                  Section 14.2, the Trustee shall be entitled to collect from
                  the Trust Fund sufficient cash for reimbursement, and if such
                  cash is insufficient, dispose of the assets of the Trust Fund
                  to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement. To the extent
                  that the Trustee advances funds to the Trust Fund for
                  disbursements or to effect the settlement of purchase
                  transactions, the Trustee shall be entitled to collect from
                  the Trust Fund an amount equal to what would have been earned
                  on sums advanced (an amount approximating the "federal funds"
                  interest rate).

         13.      Effective January 1, 2000, Section 14.8, "Voting or Tender of
Stock," is amended by adding the following subsection (e) and at the end
thereof:

                                       4
<PAGE>
                  (e)      To the extent practicable and permitted by applicable
                  law, other rights with respect to holders of Stock, such as a
                  dissenter's right with regard to a merger or the right of a
                  holder of Stock to join in a class action, shall be given to
                  each Participant as a named fiduciary with respect to Stock in
                  the Stock Account attributable to the Participant's Account,
                  so that the Participant, rather than the Trustee, may exercise
                  discretion with respect to such rights. The Trustee and the
                  Company may establish appropriate rules, analogous to the
                  rules in this Section with respect to voting and tender, and
                  may impose reasonable restrictions on Participants, in order
                  to effectuate the intent of the preceding sentence.

         14.      Effective January 1, 2000, the following new Section 14.8A is
added:

         14.8A VOTING WITH RESPECT TO INVESTMENT FUNDS OTHER THAN THE STOCK
ACCOUNT. With respect to Investment Funds other than the Stock Account, the
Company shall be responsible for proxy voting and shall direct the Trustee in
writing as to the manner in which to vote the shares of the applicable
Investment Fund; provided, however, that if the Company determines that it has a
conflict of interest with respect to any such vote, then such vote shall be
accomplished by applying the procedures set forth in Section 14.8 as if the
shares of the Investment Fund in any Participant's Account were Stock held in
the Stock Account attributable to such Participant's Account.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be
executed this 20th day of October, 2000.

                                        Aetna Services, Inc.

                                        By: /s/ Elease E. Wright
                                           -------------------------------------
                                            Elease E. Wright
                                            Senior Vice President
                                            Aetna Human Resources

                                       5
<PAGE>
                            AMENDMENT NO. 9 (2000-5)
                                     TO THE
                   AETNA SERVICES, INC. INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

         WHEREAS:

                  A.       As of the close of business on December 13, 2000 (the
                           "ING Closing Date"), certain companies comprising the
                           financial services and international businesses of
                           Aetna Inc. shall cease to be members of the
                           controlled group of corporations that includes Aetna
                           U.S. Healthcare, Inc. (such controlled group being
                           hereafter referred to as "Aetna USHC"). Prior to the
                           ING Closing Date, the Financial
                           Services/International Employees, as defined in this
                           Amendment, were Participants in the Aetna Services,
                           Inc. Incentive Savings Plan (the "Plan");

                  B.       On the ING Closing Date, the Financial
                           Services/International Employees will cease to be
                           employed by Aetna USHC;

                  C.       As more specifically set forth in the ING Employee
                           Benefits Agreement, as defined in this Amendment,
                           effective as of the ING Closing Date, the Financial
                           Services/International Employees shall no longer
                           participate in, or accrue any further benefits under,
                           the Plan, or any other benefit program sponsored by
                           Aetna USHC; and

                  D.       By execution of this Amendment it is the Company's
                           intention to effectuate the agreements contained in
                           the ING Employee Benefits Agreement, and to modify
                           certain other provisions of the Plan.

         NOW THEREFORE, pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby
amended, effective as specified below, as follows:

         1.       Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
Aetna U.S. Healthcare, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, shall succeed Aetna
Services, Inc. as sponsor and administrator of the Plan. On or before such date,
Aetna U.S. Healthcare, Inc. shall change its name to Aetna Inc., and all
references in the Plan to Aetna Services, Inc. shall be deemed to refer to Aetna
U.S. Healthcare, Inc. under its new name, Aetna Inc.

         2.       Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
Section 1.14 is restated in its entirety as follows:
<PAGE>
         1.14     "COMPANY" means Aetna Inc., formerly known as Aetna U.S.
                  Healthcare, Inc., or any successor by merger, consolidation,
                  purchase or otherwise.

         3.       Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000, a
new Section 1.27A is added to read as follows:

         1.27A.   "FINANCIAL SERVICES/INTERNATIONAL EMPLOYEE" means each person
                  who comes within the definition of "AI Employees" contained in
                  the ING Employee Benefits Agreement.

         4.       Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
the following new Section 1.27B is added to read as follows:

         1.27B.   "FINANCIAL SERVICES/INTERNATIONAL TRANSITION EMPLOYEE" means
                  an Employee as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
                  who is designated and subsequently "employed by the AI
                  Business" or "hired by AI" pursuant to Article 9 of the ING
                  Employee Benefits Agreement.

         5.       Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
the following new Section 1.33A is added to read as follows:

         1.33A.   "ING EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AGREEMENT" means the Employee Benefits
                  Agreement between Aetna Inc. and Aetna U.S. Healthcare, Inc.,
                  dated as of December 13, 2000.

         6.       Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
Section 1.47 is restated in its entirety as follows:

         1.47     "PLAN" means the Aetna Inc. Incentive Savings Plan as set
                  forth herein, including any amendments hereto. This Plan is
                  intended to be a profit sharing plan with a feature satisfying
                  the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code.

         7.       Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
Section 1.60 is restated in its entirety as follows:

         1.60     "TERMINATION FROM SERVICE DATE" means the date which is the
                  earlier of (i) the earliest of the date an Employee quits,
                  retires, dies or is discharged from employment with the
                  Employer; or (ii) the first anniversary of the first date of a
                  period in which the Employee remains absent from service (with
                  or without pay) for any reason other than quit, retirement,
                  death or discharge, such as vacation, holiday, sickness, leave
                  of absence or layoff. Notwithstanding the preceding, a
                  Termination from Service Date shall not occur earlier than the
                  last day of any (a) Authorized Leave of Absence or

                                       2
<PAGE>
                  (b) period in which the Employee receives periodic salary
                  continuation benefits not to exceed 13 weeks. See also Section
                  16.4(b).

         8.       Effective January 1, 2001, the first sentence of Section 2.2,
"Other Eligible Employees", shall be restated as follows:

         Each other Eligible Employee shall become an Active Participant on the
         day following the later of the date the Eligible Employee (i) completes
         one Year of Vesting Service or (ii) attains age eighteen (18).

         9.       Effective June 26, 2000, the following new subsection (e) is
added to Section 3.8, "Rollover Contributions":

         (e)      Notwithstanding (a) above, an Employee who is actively
                  employed by Integrated Pharmacy Solutions, Inc. on November
                  29, 2000 (i) is not required to be an Active Participant in
                  order to make a Rollover Contribution, and (ii) may roll over
                  an outstanding loan balance from the Integrated Pharmacy
                  Solutions, Inc. 401(k) Plan, as part of a direct rollover of
                  his or her entire account balance in the event of an eligible
                  rollover distribution from such plan, if such rollover occurs
                  within the time prescribed by the Plan Administrator.

         10.      Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
the following new Section 7.3A is added:

         7.3A     INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT - "FINANCIAL
                  SERVICES/INTERNATIONAL EMPLOYEES". Effective as of the close
                  of business on December 13, 2000, a Participant who is a
                  Financial Services/International Employee shall be 100%
                  vested, but only with respect to the Incentive Contribution
                  Account as of December 31, 2000.

         11.      Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
the following new Section 7.3B is added:

         7.3B     INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT - "FINANCIAL
                  SERVICES/INTERNATIONAL TRANSITION EMPLOYEES". Effective as of
                  the date upon which he/she ceases to be employed by any member
                  of the controlled group of corporations that includes Aetna
                  Inc., which date shall be after December 13, 2000, a
                  Participant who is a Financial Services/International
                  Transition Employee shall be 100% vested, but only if such
                  Participant immediately becomes "employed by the AI Business"
                  or "hired by AI", pursuant to Article 9 of the ING Employee
                  Benefits Agreement, and in any event, only with respect to the
                  Incentive Contribution Account on such date.

                                       3
<PAGE>
         12.      Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
the following new Section 9.7A is added:

         9.7A     LOANS - FINANCIAL SERVICES/INTERNATIONAL EMPLOYEES. Effective
                  as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
                  notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, a former
                  Participant who is a Financial Services/International
                  Employee, so long as such Participant remains employed by a
                  member of the controlled group of corporations which includes
                  ING North America Insurance Corporation and such member has
                  established a payroll transfer procedure with the Company
                  which is acceptable to the Plan Administrator, may apply for a
                  loan. Any such loan must comply with the restrictions set
                  forth in Section 9.7 above. This Section 9.7A shall cease to
                  be effective as of December 31, 2001.

         13.      Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
Section 11.4 is amended by deleting the last sentence thereof.

         14.      Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
Section 11.5 is deleted in its entirety. See new Section 18.6, which
incorporates the rules formerly set forth in Section 11.5.

         15.      Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
Section 16.4 is restated in its entirety as follows:

         16.4     TERMINATION BY A PARTICIPATING COMPANY; CEASING TO BE AN
                  AFFILIATE.

                  (a)      Any Participating Company may at any time elect to
                           terminate its participation under the Plan in the
                           manner set forth herein subject to any unfunded
                           liability attributable to its respective Employees.
                           Termination of the participation of any Participating
                           Company shall not affect the participation in the
                           Plan of any other Participating Company nor terminate
                           the Plan or Trust with respect to such other
                           Participating Companies and their Employees; provided
                           that, if the Company shall terminate its
                           participation in the Plan, then each remaining
                           Participating Company shall make such arrangements
                           and take such action as may be necessary to assume
                           the duties of the Company in providing for the
                           operation and continued administration of the Plan
                           and Trust as the same pertains to the remaining
                           Participating Companies. Any actions under this
                           subsection (a) shall only be taken after compliance
                           with all applicable legal requirements.

                  (b)      In the event that a Participating Company ceases to
                           be an Affiliate, such Participating Company shall be
                           deemed to have terminated its participation in the
                           Plan effective immediately, and the Employees of such
                           Participating Company shall be treated as having
                           incurred

                                       4
<PAGE>
                           a Termination from Service Date effective as of the
                           date the Participating Company ceased to be an
                           Affiliate.

         16.      Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
the following new Section 18.6 is added:

         18.6     MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR TRANSFER. In the event of any merger
                  or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities
                  to, any other plan, the benefit that a Participant would
                  receive upon a termination of the Plan immediately after such
                  merger, consolidation, or transfer shall be equal to or
                  greater than the benefit the Participant would have been
                  entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
                  consolidation, or transfer if the Plan had then terminated.
                  The Plan Administrator has the authority to enter into merger
                  agreements or agreements to directly transfer the assets of
                  this Plan to other retirement plans described in Section
                  401(a) of the Code. The Plan Administrator also has the
                  authority to accept/receive amounts transferred to this Plan
                  from other retirement plans described in Section 401(a) of the
                  Code. If it is subsequently determined that any amounts
                  transferred into this Plan were ineligible to be so
                  transferred, the Plan Administrator shall direct that any
                  ineligible amounts, plus earnings attributable thereto, be
                  distributed from the Plan as soon as administratively
                  feasible.

         17.      Effective June 26, 2000, Attachment I is amended in its
entirety and restated as Exhibit A to this Amendment.

         18.      Effective as of the close of business on December 13, 2000,
Attachment II is amended in its entirety and restated as Exhibit B to this
Amendment.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be
executed this 13th day of December, 2000.

                                        AETNA INC., AS SUCCESSOR BY MERGER TO
                                        AETNA SERVICES, INC.

                                        By: /s/ Elease E. Wright
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Elease E. Wright
                                           Senior Vice President
                                           Aetna Human Resources

                                       5
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A

                                  ATTACHMENT I
                   ACQUIRED EMPLOYERS - VESTING SERVICE CREDIT

CAUTION: (1)  The provisions below relate only to Employees employed on the Date
              of Acquisition, or in the case of IPS and BPS, as hereinafter
              defined, on June 26, 2000.
         (2)  The provisions below do not apply where a specific Plan provision
              states otherwise.
         (3)  Service not considered by the Acquired Employer will not be given
              credit; the Company shall rely exclusively on information
              transmitted by the Acquired Employer in determining what service
              will be credited.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         EMPLOYER                                        EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE
                                                             FOR VESTING SERVICE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>

Partners National Health Plans      Date of Hire by PNHP or Date of Hire into HMO acquired by PNHP.
("PNHP")

Human Affairs International         Date of Hire by HAI (may be prior to Date of Acquisition).
("HAI")

Aetna Health Plans of New Jersey    Date of Hire by Healthways (may be prior to Date of Acquisition).
(previously known as Healthways)

Bay Pacific ("BP")                  Date of Hire by BP (may be prior to the Date of Acquisition).

Freedom Health Care, Inc.           Date of Hire by FHCI (may be prior to the Date of Acquisition).
("FHCI")

Prudential Health Care Plan,        Date of Hire by Prudential Health Care Plan, Inc. (TX) or other
Inc. (TX)                           Prudential affiliate (may be prior to the Date of Acquisition 8/6/99),
                                    but shall not be considered for eligibility.

Prudential Health Care Plan of      Date of Hire by Prudential Health Care Plan of California, Inc. or
California, Inc.                    other Prudential affiliate (may be prior to the Date of Acquisition
                                    8/6/99), but shall not be considered for eligibility.

Integrated Pharmacy Solutions,      Date of Hire by IPS (may be prior to the Date of Acquisition 8/6/99),
Inc. ("IPS")                        provided that vesting service shall also include any service with a
                                    Prudential affiliate that was given credit as vesting service under
                                    the Integrated Pharmacy Solutions, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

BPS Healthcare, Inc. (formerly      Date of Hire by BPS (may be prior to the Date of Acquisition 1/13/00).
Benefit Panel Services, Inc.)
("BPS")
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT B

                                  ATTACHMENT II
                             PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                A.                            B.                 C.                D.
      PARTICIPATING COMPANIES           ORIGINAL DATE    TAX IDENTIFICATION      END OF
                                         OF INCLUSION    NUMBER OF EMPLOYER    FISCAL YEAR

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>              <C>                   <C>
Aetna Life Insurance Company                9/1/72           06-6033492           12/31

Aetna U.S. Healthcare Dental Plan of        1/1/98           06-1160812           12/31
California, Inc.

Aetna Healthcare of California, Inc.        1/1/98           95-3402799           12/31
</TABLE>

         The Plan as restated herein shall be effective as of January 1, 1999
         with respect to the above Employers for whom the Original Date of
         Inclusion was January 1, 1999 or earlier. The Plan shall be effective
         with respect to any other Employer as of the applicable Original Date
         of Inclusion.
<PAGE>
                            AMENDMENT NO. 10 (2001-1)
                                     TO THE
                        AETNA INC. INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

         Pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Aetna Inc. Incentive Savings Plan (the
"Plan"), the Plan is hereby amended, effective January 31, 2001, as follows:

         1.       Section 5.9 is renumbered as Section 5.8.

         2.       The following new Section 18.6A is added:

         18.6A    TRANSFERS TO ING PLAN.

         (a)      On a date selected by the Plan Administrator, which date shall
                  be shortly after December 31, 2001, the Plan Administrator
                  shall transfer the Account balances of all Financial
                  Services/International Employees and Financial
                  Services/International Transition Employees to a qualified
                  defined contribution plan with Section 401(k) features
                  maintained by ING North American Insurance Corporation as more
                  specifically set forth in the ING Employee Benefits Agreement
                  (the "ING Plan").

         (b)      On one or more occasions during 2001, the Plan Administrator
                  is authorized to offer such Financial Services/International
                  Employees and Financial Services/International Transition
                  Employees the opportunity to elect to transfer their Account
                  balances to the ING Plan prior to the transfer described in
                  subsection (a).

         (c)      The transfers described in subsections (a) and (b) above arise
                  from the unique circumstances that are the subject of the ING
                  Employee Benefits Agreement, and are not intended to establish
                  a precedent regarding any other Participants in the Plan.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be
executed this 12 day of March, 2001.

                                    AETNA INC.

                                    By: /s/ Elease E. Wright
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Elease E. Wright
                                        Senior Vice President
                                        Aetna Human Resources

281233 v.02

<PAGE>
                            AMENDMENT NO. 11 (2001-2)
                                     TO THE
                        AETNA INC. INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

         WHEREAS:

                  A.    Effective on or about March 30, 2001, the Integrated
                        Pharmacy Solutions, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "IPS Plan")
                        shall be merged into the Aetna Inc. Incentive Savings
                        Plan ("the Plan");

                  B.    The IPS Plan offers certain forms of distribution that
                        are not available under the Plan and that are permitted
                        by applicable law and the Plan to be eliminated if
                        certain requirements are met; and

                  C.    Affected participants in the IPS Plan were notified on
                        March 1, 2001 that such forms of distribution would
                        cease to be available following the merger.

         NOW THEREFORE, pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby
amended to provide for the elimination of such forms of distribution and to
modify certain other provisions of the Plan and Trust, effective as specified
below, as follows:

         1. Effective on or about March 30, 2001, the Integrated Pharmacy
Solutions, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "IPS Plan") shall be merged into the Plan;
notwithstanding such merger, all forms of distribution available under the IPS
Plan pursuant to Sections 6.02, 6.04, and any other applicable sections of the
IPS Plan shall remain available with respect to any distribution of assets
transferred from the IPS Plan.

         2. Effective June 15, 2001, any forms of distribution available under
the IPS Plan pursuant to paragraph 1 above that are not otherwise available
under the Plan shall be eliminated.

         3. Effective January 1, 1999, Section 5.8 is restated in its entirety
as follows:

                  (a)   Contractual Income. In accordance with the Trustee's
                        standard operating procedure, the Trustee shall credit
                        the Fund with income and maturity proceeds on securities
                        on contractual payment date net of any taxes or upon
                        actual receipt. To the extent the Trustee credits income
                        on contractual payment date, the Trustee may reverse
                        such accounting entries to the contractual payment date
                        if the Trustee reasonably believes that such amount will
                        not be received.

                  (b)   Contractual Settlement. In accordance with the Trustee's
                        standard operating procedure, the Trustee will attend to
                        the settlement of securities transactions on the basis
                        of either contractual settlement date accounting
<PAGE>
                        or actual settlement date accounting. To the extent the
                        Trustee settles certain securities transactions on the
                        basis of contractual settlement date accounting, the
                        Trustee may reverse to the contractual settlement date
                        any entry relating to such contractual settlement if the
                        Trustee reasonably believes that such amount will not be
                        received.

         4. Effective JANUARY 1, 1999, subsection (e) of Section 10.6 is
restated in its entirety as follows:

                  (e)   For purposes of this Section 10.6, life expectancies of
                        Participants and their Spouse Beneficiaries shall be
                        recalculated annually, except to the extent that a
                        Participant has elected otherwise pursuant to Section
                        8.1(b)(i); and

         5. Effective January 1, 1999, Section 13.6 is amended by adding the
following new sentence to the end thereof:

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstances shall
                  the Appeal Committee, Plan Administrator, Trustee or Benefit
                  Finance Committee be liable for any indirect, consequential or
                  special damages with regard to their respective
                  responsibilities under this Plan and Trust.

         6. Effective January 1, 1999, subsection (g) of Section 14.12 is
restated in its entirety as follows:

                  (g)   To settle investments in any collective investment fund,
                        including a collective investment fund maintained by the
                        Trustee or an affiliate, to the extent such investments
                        are a part of any authorized Investment Fund, and to
                        appoint agents and sub-trustees. To the extent that any
                        investment is made in any such collective investment
                        fund, the terms of the collective trust indenture shall
                        solely govern the investment duties, responsibilities
                        and powers of the trustee of such collective investment
                        fund and, such terms, responsibilities and powers shall
                        be incorporated herein by reference and shall be a part
                        of this Agreement. For purposes of valuation, the value
                        of the interest maintained by the Fund in such
                        collective investment fund shall be the fair market
                        value of the collective investment fund units held,
                        determined in accordance with generally recognized
                        valuation procedures. The Named Fiduciary expressly
                        understands and agrees that any such collective
                        investment fund may provide for the lending of its
                        securities by the collective investment fund trustee and
                        that such collective investment fund trustee will
                        receive compensation for the lending of securities that
                        is separate from any compensation of the Trustee
                        hereunder, or any compensation of the collective
                        investment fund trustee for the management of such fund.
                        The Trustee is expressly authorized to settle
                        investments in a collective fund which invests in Mellon
                        Financial Corporation stock in accordance with the terms
                        and conditions of the

                                       2
<PAGE>
                        Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Exemption
                        95-56 (the "Exemption") granted to the Trustee and its
                        affiliates and to use a cross-trading program in
                        accordance with the Exemption. The Named Fiduciary
                        acknowledges receipt of the notice entitled
                        "Cross-Trading Information", a copy of which is attached
                        to this Amendment as "Exhibit A."

         7. Effective January 1, 1999, Section 14.12 is amended by adding the
following new subsection (o) to the end thereof:

                  (o)   To collect income payable to and distributions due to
                        the Fund and sign on behalf of the Trust any
                        declarations, affidavits, certificates of ownership and
                        other documents required to collect income and principal
                        payments, including but not limited to, tax
                        reclamations, rebates and other withheld amounts;
                        provided that the Trustee shall not be responsible for
                        the failure to receive payment of (or late payment of)
                        distributions with respect to securities or other
                        property of the Fund.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Trustee have caused this
Amendment to the Plan and Trust be executed this 12th day of March, 2001. In all
other respects, the Plan and Trust shall remain as in effect prior to this
Amendment.

                                   AETNA INC.

                                   By: /s/ Elease E. Wright
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Elease E. Wright
                                       Senior Vice President
                                       Aetna Human Resources

                                    TRUSTEE
                                    MELLON BANK, N.A.,
                                    A NATIONAL BANKING ASSOCIATION

                                    By:
                                          -------------------------------------

                                    Its:
                                          -------------------------------------

                                       3

<PAGE>
                            AMENDMENT NO. 12 (2001-3)
                                     TO THE
                        AETNA INC. INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

      Pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Aetna Inc. Incentive Savings Plan (the
"Plan"), the Plan is hereby amended, effective August 6, 2001, except as
otherwise specified below, as follows:

      1.    Section 1.57 is restated to clarify the definition of "Stock"
based on the terms used in Pennsylvania law, as follows:

            1.57  "STOCK" means the common shares of Aetna Inc.

      2.    Section 3.7 is restated in its entirety as follows:

            3.7   TIME AND FORM OF INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.  Incentive
                  Contributions shall be made for each Plan Year within the time
                  permitted by law.  Incentive Contributions may be made in
                  Stock or cash at the Company's discretion.  With respect to
                  any Incentive Contributions made in Stock, the number of
                  shares of Stock to be contributed shall be based on valuation
                  procedures established by the Plan Administrator from time to
                  time.

      3.    Section 5.2 is restated in its entirety as follows:

            5.2   INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS. Amounts held in a Participant's
                  Account shall be invested in accordance with the rules of this
                  Article V. The Plan Administrator shall inform the Trustee of
                  the manner in which all contributions to and assets of the
                  Trust Fund are to be allocated between the Investment Funds.
                  For this purpose, the Plan Administrator shall aggregate all
                  Participant elections and notify the Trustee of the net
                  results of such elections.

      4.    Section 5.3 is restated in its entirety as follows:

            5.3   INITIAL INVESTMENT IN FUNDS.

                  (a)   All Incentive Contributions made to a Participant's
                        Account shall be invested in the Stock Account.

                  (b)   Deferral, Rollover and Voluntary Contributions made
                        to a Participant's Account shall be invested in one
                        or more Investment Funds, as elected by the
                        Participant.  An investment election shall be made in
                        accordance with rules established by the Plan
<PAGE>
                        Administrator.  Such election shall remain in effect
                        for all subsequent periods until revised.  The
                        election shall specify the whole percentages of
                        future contributions that the Participant elects to
                        have invested in the available Investment Funds, with
                        the total not to exceed 100%.

      5.    Section 5.4 is restated in its entirety as follows:

            5.4   CHANGE OF INVESTMENT FUND.

                  (a)   A Participant may elect, in accordance with rules
                        established by the Plan Administrator, to have all or a
                        portion of the Incentive Contributions that have been
                        automatically invested in the Stock Account transferred
                        from the Stock Account to one or more other Investment
                        Funds.

                  (b)   A Participant may elect, in accordance with rules
                        established by the Plan Administrator, to alter the
                        investment election for amounts held in the
                        Participant's Account and for future Deferral,
                        Rollover and Voluntary Contributions.  Such election
                        shall be made in accordance with rules established by
                        the Plan Administrator and shall remain in effect for
                        all subsequent periods until revised.  The election
                        shall specify the whole percentages of future
                        Deferral, Rollover and Voluntary contributions that
                        the Participant elects to have invested in the
                        available Investment Funds, with the total not to
                        exceed 100%.

                  (c)   Any election under subsection (a) or (b) above shall be
                        processed as soon as practicable after the Plan
                        Administrator's receipt of such election, but in no
                        event more than ninety (90) days later.

                  (d)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may impose
                        restrictions on the amount or percentage of a
                        Participant's investment in any Investment Fund that
                        may be transferred to any other Investment Fund to
                        the extent that the Company determines, in its sole
                        discretion, that such restrictions are in the best
                        interests of Plan Participants generally.  The Plan
                        Administrator shall notify Participants of such
                        restrictions as promptly as possible following the
                        time the Company determines such restrictions are
                        appropriate or necessary.  In addition, the Company
                        has the right to restrict investment changes
                        regarding the Stock Account in order to comply with
                        applicable law or internal Company rules regarding
                        the trading in Stock.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                  (e)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
                        Section 5.3 or this Section 5.4, upon a
                        Participant's Termination from Service, any
                        amounts in the Participant's Account that are
                        not then vested pursuant to Section 7.3 shall
                        be invested as directed by the Company (without
                        regard to any election made by the Participant
                        with respect to the vested portion of the
                        Participant's Account), until the earlier of
                        (i) the date a forfeiture occurs, or (ii) the
                        date the Participant becomes re-employed prior
                        to forfeiture of such amounts pursuant to
                        Section 7.4.  Effective July 1, 1999, the
                        Company has directed that all such non-vested
                        amounts shall be invested in the Stable Value
                        Option.  The Company shall notify the Trustee
                        of such direction and of any future changes
                        with respect thereto.

      6. Effective January 1, 1999, Subsection (g) of Section 14.12, POWERS OF
TRUSTEE, is amended by restating the last sentence thereof as follows:

            The Named Fiduciary acknowledges receipt of the notice entitled
            "Cross-Trading Information."

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed
this 1st day of August, 2001.

                                    AETNA INC.

                                    By: /s/ Elease E. Wright
                                       ---------------------------------
                                       Elease E. Wright
                                       Senior Vice President
                                       Aetna Human Resources

                                       3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00031-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00031-of-00352.parquet"}]]